You are on page 1of 218

GB-H-01047 (A0)

V2X Series Card Reader / Writer


Data Transmission Specifications

Rev. A0 June 26, 2001

Card Business Promotion Division

© OMRON Corporation 2001


All Rights Reserved
OMRON

V2x_Std_DataTransmisionSpec_A0.doc
GB-H-01047 (A0)

Table of Contents
1. INTRODUCTION...............................................................................................................................................................6
1.1 Introduction................................................................................................................................................................6
1.2 Applicable Card Reader / Writer and CPU / FW........................................................................................................6
1.3 Normative References...............................................................................................................................................6
1.4 Notice for IC card (ICC).............................................................................................................................................6
1.5 Definition of Terminology...........................................................................................................................................7
2. TRANSMISSION SPECIFICATIONS................................................................................................................................9
2.1 Basic Transmission Specifications ............................................................................................................................9
2.2 Transmission Control Method....................................................................................................................................9
2.3 Transmission Control Codes .....................................................................................................................................9
2.4 Message Format .....................................................................................................................................................10
2.4.1 Command/Response Format ..........................................................................................................................10
2.4.2 Usable Codes in Text ......................................................................................................................................10
2.5 Transmission Control Procedure .............................................................................................................................11
2.5.1 Transmission Start ..........................................................................................................................................11
2.5.2 Sequence in Normal Operation .......................................................................................................................11
2.5.3 Sequence in Recovery Operation....................................................................................................................11
2.5.4 Interruption of Transmission and Command sent by the host to the C/R ........................................................12
2.6 Transmission Control Matrix....................................................................................................................................13
2.6.1 Control by the host (provided for reference) ....................................................................................................13
2.6.2 Control by C/R.................................................................................................................................................13
3. TIME CHART OF TRANSMISSION CONTROL SIGNAL LINE .....................................................................................14
3.1 DTR Signal ..............................................................................................................................................................14
3.2 Interruption of Transmission by the CTS Signal ......................................................................................................14
4. MESSAGE SPECIFICATIONS .......................................................................................................................................15
4.1 Command Format (HOST -> C/R)...........................................................................................................................15
4.2 Response Format (C/R -> HOST) ...........................................................................................................................16
4.2.1 Positive Response Format ..............................................................................................................................16
4.2.2 SAM Positive Response Format......................................................................................................................16
4.2.3 Negative Response Format.............................................................................................................................16
5. TABLE OF COMMANDS................................................................................................................................................17
5.1 Card Handling .........................................................................................................................................................17
5.1.1 Initial Reset Commands ..................................................................................................................................17
5.1.2 Status Sense Commands................................................................................................................................17
5.1.3 Insertion Commands .......................................................................................................................................17
5.1.4 Intake Commands ...........................................................................................................................................17
5.1.5 Return Commands ..........................................................................................................................................17
5.1.6 Re-intake Commands......................................................................................................................................18
5.2 Magnetic Track Handling.........................................................................................................................................18
5.2.1 Magnetic Read Commands .............................................................................................................................18
5.2.2 Magnetic Write Commands .............................................................................................................................18
5.3 C/R Setting Commands...........................................................................................................................................18
5.4 Card Reject Number................................................................................................................................................18
5.5 Lifetime Counter ......................................................................................................................................................18
5.6 FW/HW Identification...............................................................................................................................................19
5.7 I/O port handling......................................................................................................................................................19
5.8 Cleaning Commands...............................................................................................................................................19
5.9 IC Chip Card (ICC) Handling ...................................................................................................................................20
5.9.1 ICC Activation / Deactivation Commands........................................................................................................20
5.9.2 ICC Data Transmission Commands ................................................................................................................20
5.10 Secure Application Module (SAM) Handling............................................................................................................21
5.10.1 SAM Activation / Deactivation Commands ......................................................................................................21
5.10.2 SAM Data Transmission Commands ..............................................................................................................21
5.11 Protocol Handling for ICC & SAM............................................................................................................................21
5.12 Memory Card Handling ...........................................................................................................................................22
5.13 Download Function..................................................................................................................................................22
6. TABLE OF RESPONSES ...............................................................................................................................................23
6.1 Table of Positive Response Status..........................................................................................................................23
6.2 Status Table of SAM Positive Response.................................................................................................................23

2 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

6.3 Table of Negative Response Status (Error Code) ...................................................................................................24


7. COMMAND SPECIFICATION ........................................................................................................................................30
7.1 (00) Initial Reset (Return to Front)...........................................................................................................................30
7.2 (01) Initial Reset (Eject to Rear) ..............................................................................................................................32
7.3 (02) Initial Reset (Hold inside C/R) ..........................................................................................................................34
7.4 (03) Initial Reset (Eject to Front)..............................................................................................................................36
7.5 (04) Initial Reset (Return to Front without the shutter movement) ...........................................................................38
7.6 (05) Initial Reset (Eject to Rear without the shutter movement) ..............................................................................40
7.7 (06) Initial Reset (Hold inside C/R without the shutter movement) ..........................................................................42
7.8 (07) Initial Reset (Without Mechanical Movement) ..................................................................................................44
7.9 (10) Status Sense (C/R Sense) ...............................................................................................................................46
7.10 (11) Status Sense (Sensor Sense)..........................................................................................................................48
7.11 (20) Intake (from Front, without Magnetic Card)......................................................................................................50
7.12 (21) Intake (from Front to the Rear Standby Position, with Magnetic Card) ............................................................51
7.13 (23) Intake (from Front to Rear Standby Position, without Magnetic Card) .............................................................52
7.14 (24) Intake (from Front to Rear Standby Position, with Magnetic Card) ..................................................................53
7.15 (30) Return (to Front) ..............................................................................................................................................55
7.16 (31) Return (to Rear) ...............................................................................................................................................56
7.17 (32) Return (to MM Position) ...................................................................................................................................57
7.18 (40) Re-Intake (to rear)............................................................................................................................................58
7.19 (41) Re‐Intake (+Reject to Rear) ............................................................................................................................59
7.20 (42) Re‐Intake (+Read)...........................................................................................................................................61
7.21 (60) Move the card in the C/R .................................................................................................................................64
7.22 (61) Magnetic Read (ISO#1) ...................................................................................................................................65
7.23 (62) Magnetic Read (ISO#2) ...................................................................................................................................67
7.24 (63) Magnetic Read (ISO#3) ...................................................................................................................................69
7.25 (68) Magnetic Read (Multiple Tracks) .....................................................................................................................71
7.26 (69) Magnetic Read (Magnetic Data memorized in the C/R, 1track only)................................................................74
7.27 (6A) Magnetic Read (Magnetic Data memorized in the C/R, Multiple Tracks).........................................................76
7.28 (71) Magnetic Write (ISO#1)....................................................................................................................................78
7.29 (72) Magnetic Write (ISO#2)....................................................................................................................................80
7.30 (73) Magnetic Write (ISO#3)....................................................................................................................................82
7.31 (78) Magnetic Write (Magnetic Data Setting)..........................................................................................................84
7.32 (79) Magnetic Write (Multiple Tracks)......................................................................................................................86
7.33 (90) Waiting for Withdrawal .....................................................................................................................................89
7.34 (C0) ICC Press ........................................................................................................................................................90
7.35 (C1) ICC Release ....................................................................................................................................................91
7.36 (C2) ICC Activation..................................................................................................................................................92
7.37 (C3) ICC Deactivation .............................................................................................................................................94
7.38 (C5) ICC Press+Activation.....................................................................................................................................95
7.39 (C6) ICC Deactivation+Release.............................................................................................................................97
7.40 (E0) ICC Cold Reset................................................................................................................................................98
7.41 (E1) ICC Warm Reset ...........................................................................................................................................101
7.42 (F0) ICC T=0 Transmission ...................................................................................................................................104
7.43 (F1) ICC T=1 Transmission ...................................................................................................................................106
7.44 (F2) ICC T=1 Continuous Transmission ................................................................................................................109
7.45 (F3) ICC T=1 Continuous Reception .....................................................................................................................111
7.46 (F4) ICC T=1 Interruption Completion ...................................................................................................................113
7.47 (F8) ICC PPS Exchange .......................................................................................................................................114
7.48 (G1) ICC Press + Cold Reset ................................................................................................................................116
7.49 (I0) Cleaning..........................................................................................................................................................119
7.50 (J0) Local Error Log...............................................................................................................................................120
7.51 (L0) Sensor Level Read ........................................................................................................................................121
7.52 (M0) Life Counter Read.........................................................................................................................................122
7.53 (M2) Reset of Life Counter ....................................................................................................................................124
7.54 (N0) Option Read ..................................................................................................................................................126
7.55 (P0) Deactivation of Output Ports..........................................................................................................................128
7.56 (P1) Activation of Output Ports ..............................................................................................................................129
7.57 (P5) Input Ports Read............................................................................................................................................130
7.58 (Q0) Reject Number Read.....................................................................................................................................131
7.59 (Q1) Reset of Reject Number ................................................................................................................................132
7.60 (R0) Retry Counter Setting (Read Error) ...............................................................................................................133
7.61 (R1) Retry Counter Setting (Write Error) ...............................................................................................................134
7.62 (R3) Retry Counter Setting (Return Error).............................................................................................................135
7.63 (V0) FW Version Read (ROM and Total FW) ........................................................................................................136

3 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.64 (V1) FW Version Read (ICC FW) ..........................................................................................................................138


7.65 (V2) FW Version Read (SAM FW).........................................................................................................................139
7.66 (W0) Monitoring Time Setting for In-take...............................................................................................................140
7.67 (W1) Monitoring Time Setting for Withdrawal ........................................................................................................141
7.68 (W2) Monitoring Time Setting for Re-intake ..........................................................................................................142
7.69 (Y0) ICC Control Information Read .......................................................................................................................143
7.70 (Y1) ICC/SAM Control Information (ICC/SAM Mode Setting)................................................................................145
7.71 (Y2) ICC Control Information (Timer value of Waiting for reception from ICC) ......................................................146
7.72 (Y3) ICC Control Information (IFSD Control Method) ............................................................................................147
7.73 (Y4) ICC Control Information (TCK Control Method) .............................................................................................148
7.74 (Y5) ICC Control Information Supply (Voltage Level Set)......................................................................................149
7.75 (d0) DL Start..........................................................................................................................................................150
7.76 (d1) DL Transmission ............................................................................................................................................151
7.77 (d2) DL Completion ...............................................................................................................................................152
7.78 (d3) DL Preparation...............................................................................................................................................153
7.79 (e0) SAM Status Sense.........................................................................................................................................154
7.80 (e1) SAM Activation...............................................................................................................................................155
7.81 (e2) SAM Deactivation ..........................................................................................................................................158
7.82 (e3) SAM Cold Reset ............................................................................................................................................159
7.83 (e4) ICC Warm Reset............................................................................................................................................161
7.84 (f0) SAM T=0 Transmission...................................................................................................................................163
7.85 (f1) SAM T=1 Transmission...................................................................................................................................165
7.86 (f2) SAM T=1 Continuous Transmission................................................................................................................168
7.87 (f3) SAM T=1 Continuous Reception.....................................................................................................................170
7.88 (f4) SAM T=1 Interruption Completion...................................................................................................................172
7.89 (f8) SAM PPS Request..........................................................................................................................................173
7.90 (m2) Memory Card Activation................................................................................................................................175
7.91 (m3) Memory Card Deactivation............................................................................................................................177
7.92 (m5) Memory Card Press+Activation ...................................................................................................................178
7.93 (m6) Memory Card Deactivation+Release...........................................................................................................180
7.94 (m7) Memory Card Transmission ..........................................................................................................................181
7.95 (m8) Memory Card PSC Certification ....................................................................................................................185
7.96 (u0) USER Information Read.................................................................................................................................187
7.97 (:0) Insertion Permission .......................................................................................................................................188
7.98 (:1) Insertion Denial ...............................................................................................................................................189
7.99 (:2) Insertion Permission .......................................................................................................................................190
8. MAGNETIC CARD DATA RECORD FORMAT ............................................................................................................191

9. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF FW DOWNLOAD ........................................................................................................193


9.1 Download File Format ...........................................................................................................................................193
9.2 User Information Format (Modul Segment Identification) ......................................................................................195
9.3 DL Processing Flowchart of PC.............................................................................................................................196
9.3.1 Flowchart from “In Normal Operation” to “DL Start Command(“d0”)” ............................................................196
9.3.2 Flowchart of DL Start Command (“d0”) .........................................................................................................197
9.3.3 Flow chart of DL Transmission Command (“d1”)...........................................................................................198
9.3.4 Flow chart of DL Completion Command (“d2”) ..............................................................................................199
10. COMMAND MATRIXES............................................................................................................................................200
10.1 In case that the previous command is positive ......................................................................................................200
10.2 In case that the previous command is negative.....................................................................................................204
11. COMMAND PROCESSING MATRIXES ...................................................................................................................208
11.1 Matrixes of Commands Relevant to Download (DLC) ...........................................................................................208
11.2 Matrix of ICC Control Commands..........................................................................................................................210
11.3 Matrixes of SAM Control Commands ....................................................................................................................213
11.4 Matrix of Memory Card..........................................................................................................................................216
12. PROCESSING OF POWER DOWN DETECTION ....................................................................................................217
12.1 Power down processing of C/R .............................................................................................................................217
12.2 Sending response after Power down detection from C/R......................................................................................218

4 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

[Specification History of Modification]

Rev. Date Section Number Content


A0 June 26, 2001 -- Draft

5 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

1. Introduction
1.1 Introduction
This specification provides the transmission specifications between the V2X Series Card Reader / Writer and the HOST
terminal.

1.2 Applicable Card Reader / Writer and CPU / FW


(1) Applicable Card Reader / Writer
V2X Series Card Reader / Writer

(2) Applicable CPU / FW


Type Version Notes
CPU Not downloadable
Standard Firmware Downloadable in Flash Memory.
Partial Firmware Downloadable in Flash Memory.

1.3 Normative References


The following standards contain provisions that are referred in this specification.

ISO/IEC 7816-3:1997 Identification cards - Integrated circuit(s) cards with contacts


Part 3: Electronic signals and transmission protocols
ISO/IEC 7816-4:1995 Identification cards - Integrated circuit(s) cards with contacts
Part 4: Inter-industry commands for interchange
ISO/IEC 7810: 1995-08-15 Identification cards - Physical characteristics
ISO/IEC 7811-1: 1995-08-15 Identification cards - Recording technique
Part 1:Embossing
ISO/IEC 7811-2: 1995-08-15 Identification cards - Recording technique
Part 2:Magnetic stripe
ISO/IEC 7811-3: 1995-08-15 Identification cards - Recording technique
Part 3:Location of embossed characters on ID-1 cards
ISO/IEC 7811-4: 1995-08-15 Identification cards - Recording technique
Part 4:Location of read-only magnetic tracks - Tracks 1 and 2
ISO/IEC 7811-5: 1995-08-15 Identification cards - Recording technique
Part 5:Location of read-only magnetic tracks - Tracks 3
ISO 2111: 1985-02-01 Data communication -Basic mode control procedures
-Code independent information transfer
EMV 3.1.1: May 31 1998 EMV ’96 Integrated Circuit Card Specification for Payment Systems Part I -
Electromechanical Characteristics, Logical Interface, and Transmission Protocols
Memory Card SIEMENS SLE4432/SLE4442 Data Books
SIEMENS SLE4418/SLE4428Data Books

1.4 Notice for IC card (ICC)


OMRON standard ICC controller and FW (firmware) can’t almost execute perfectly all customers ICC(s) because ISO
standard and also ICC(s) is modified frequently. OMRON should check your customer’s ICC if you can get it and it’s
specification.

6 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

1.5 Definition of Terminology


(1) General
C/R Card Reader / Writer
Default Value set by the C/R when power is turned on
DL Program Downloading
FW Firmware
HOST HOST Terminal
ICC Integrated Circuit Card. A card into which one or more integrated circuits are
inserted to perform processing and memory functions.
max. Maximum
min. Minimum
Partial FW ICC or SAM protocol modules that can be downloaded by each ICC standards.
Standard FW A firmware that excludes ICC or SAM protocol.
SAM Security Application Module

(2) Mechanical
Front Standby Position Front Position which the C/R stops the card in the C/R.
Gate Position Position that the C/R returns the card to the user.
ICC Contact Press Position Position that the C/R can press the ICC contact.
MM Starting Position Position that the C/R can start to transport the card due to the MM Sensor Read.
Rear Standby Position Position which the C/R intake the card
And Rear Position which the C/R stops the card in the C/R.

(3) Host Interface


DTR Data Terminal Ready
CTS Clear to send

(4) Magnetic Card


SS Magnetic Data Start Sentinel
ES Magnetic Data End Sentinel
LRC Magnetic Data Longitudinal Redundancy Check
VRC Magnetic Data Vertical Parity

7 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(5) IC Card
APDU Application Protocol Data Unit
ATR Answer to Reset
BWI Block Waiting Time Integer
BWT Block Waiting Time
CLA Class Byte of the Command Message
Cold Reset The reset of the ICC that occurs when the supply voltage (VCC) and other signals
to the ICC are raised from the inactive state and the reset (RST) signal is applied.
D Indicated values of the bit rate adjustment factor
etu Elementary Time Unit
F Indicated values of the clock rate conversion factor
IFS Information Field Size
IFSD Information field size for the interface device
Lc Exact Length of Data Sent by Terminal in Response to a Case 3 or 4 Command
Le Maximum Length of Data Expected by the terminal in Response to a Case 2 or 4
Command
LEN Length
NAD Node Address
P1 Parameter 1
P2 Parameter 2
P3 Parameter 3
PCB Protocol Control Byte
PPS Protocol and Parameter Selection
SAD Source Node Address
S-block Supervisory block
SW1 Status Word One
SW2 Status Word Two
T=0 Character-oriented asynchronous half duplex transmission protocol
T=1 Block-oriented asynchronous half duplex transmission protocol
TCK Check Character
Warm Reset The reset that occurs when the reset (RST) signal is applied to the ICC while the
clock (CLK) and supply voltage (VCC) lines are maintained in their active state.

(6) Character Code Expression Method


XXH shows the HEX Code.
"X" shows the ASCII Code.

8 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

2. Transmission Specifications
2.1 Basic Transmission Specifications

Item Content
Electronic Interface RS232 Interface
Synchronous Method Start-Stop Synchronization Method
Communication Method Half~duplex Method
Transmission Speed 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400bps
Automatic Recognition *1
Character Format Start Bit 1 bit
Data 8 bit
Vertical Parity Bit: 1 bit (Even)
Stop Bit: 1 bit
Character Code ASCII, Binary
Error Detector Horizontal Parity Check (BCC) Even
Vertical Parity Check: Even
Bit Sending Sequence LSB Priority
*1 After the power is turned on, downloading is successfully completed, or the host receives a response to the
command of “d3” (Prohibition on use of FW), the host shall confirm the DTR signal of C/R turns on, and shall send an
“Initial Reset” command. This “Initial Reset” command determines the transmission speed to be used between the
host and the C/R. When the host sends data other than an “Initial Reset” command (e.g. DLE EOT), it shall send an
“Initial Reset” command after 15 ms.

2.2 Transmission Control Method


• Command/Response Method
• The C/R executes processes in accordance with commands sent by the host.
• Results obtained from those processes are sent to the host as responses to those commands.

2.3 Transmission Control Codes

Code Value Meaning


DLE STX 10H 02H Representing the start of text in a command or a response.
DLE ETX 10H 03H Representing the end of text in a command or a response.
DLE ENQ 10H 05H Requiring the C/R to execute a command or to resend a response
DLE ACK 10H 06H Positive response from the C/R reporting having successfully received a
command sent by the host.
DLE NAK 10H 15H Negative response from the C/R reporting having failed in receiving a command
sent by the host.
DLE EOT 10H 04H Instructing the C/R to interrupt a transmission or execution of command.
DLE 10H Representing a control code in text in transparent mode.

9 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

2.4 Message Format


2.4.1 Command/Response Format

D S D E B
L T Text L T C
E X E X C

Range of transparent mode


Range of BCC Calculation

Transmission Control Code

• Each text contains one command or response.


• BCC is obtained by calculating the exclusive OR (XOR) from the beginning of the text (the next character of the
STX) to EXT.
• However, the following are excluded from the BCC calculation.
DLE (10H) in the transparent mode
DLE (10H) in “ DLE ETX “ of a transmission control code
• The Vertical Parity of BCC is regarded as the BCC Parity.
• The maximum transmission delay between each character from DLE to BCC sent from the host or the C/R is
less than 5sec.

2.4.2 Usable Codes in Text

b8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
b7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
b6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
b5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
b4 b3 b2 b1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
S
0 0 0 0 0 DLE*1 0 @ P ` p
P
0 0 0 1 1 ! 1 A Q a q
0 0 1 0 2 STX “ 2 B R b r
0 0 1 1 3 ETX # 3 C S c s
0 1 0 0 4 EOT $ 4 D T d t
0 1 0 1 5 ENQ NAK % 5 E U e u
0 1 1 0 6 ACK & 6 F V f v
0 1 1 1 7 ‘ 7 G W g w
1 0 0 0 8 ( 8 H X h x
1 0 0 1 9 ) 9 I Y i y
1 0 1 0 A * : J Z j z
1 0 1 1 B + ; K [ k {
1 1 0 0 C , < L \ l |
1 1 0 1 D ~ = M ] m }
1 1 1 0 E . > N ^ n ~
1 1 1 1 F / ? O _ o

*1 [Transparent Mode]
When “DLE (10H)” is used in text as a part of a command or a response, add one more “DLE (10H)” to the text,
totaling 2 characters on the transmission line.
For details, refer to “4. Presentation of data” and “5. Reception of data” in ISO 2111.

DLE (10H) -> DLE DLE (10H 10H)

Text data Add DLE (excluded from the BCC calculation)

10 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

2.5 Transmission Control Procedure


2.5.1 Transmission Start
The transmission speed (baud rate) between the C/R and the host is automatically determined by the first “Initial
Reset “ command from the host. Therefore, the host shall send an “ Initial Reset “ command as the first command
after power is turned on. If the host sends data (e.g. DLE EOT) other than an “Initial Reset” command, it shall send
an “Initial Reset” command after 15 ms.

2.5.2 Sequence in Normal Operation


HOST Command DLE ENQ Next Command

Processing
CHD DLE ACK (Execution) Response

2.5.3 Sequence in Recovery Operation


(1) Monitoring time-out occurs while the host is waiting for ACK from the C/R. (The host resends
the command.)

*1 Time-out when waiting for DLE ACK

HOST Command Command Resend DLE ENQ

Processing
CHD DLE ACK (Execution) Response

*1: See 1.6 “Transmission Control Matrix”


(2) The host receives NAK from the C/R. (The host resends the command.)
HOST Command Command Resend DLE ENQ
*1
Processing
CHD DLE NAK DLE ACK (Execution) Response

*1: The C/R detected a receiving error.


(Errors include vertical parity, BCC and monitoring time-out between characters.)

(3) The host detects an error while it is receiving ACK from the C/R. (The host resends the
Command.)
HOST Command Command Resend DLE ENQ

*1 Processing
CHD DLE ACK DLE ACK (Execution) Response

*1: The host detected a receiving error.

11 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(4) Monitoring time-out occurs while the host is waiting for a response from the C/R.
(The host resends ENQ, requesting a response from the C/R.)

*1 Time-out when waiting for response

HOST Command DLE ENQ DLE ENQ Resend

Error Processing
CHD DLE ACK (Execution) Response

*1: See 2.6 “Transmission Control Matrix”

(5) The host detects an error during receiving a response from the C/R.
(The host resends ENQ, requesting the C/R to resend the response.)

HOST Command DLE ENQ DLE ENQ Resend

Processing *1
CHD DLE ACK (Execution) Response Response
Resend
*1: The host detected a receiving error.

2.5.4 Interruption of Transmission and Command sent by the host to the C/R
By sending “DLE EOT” from the host to the C/R, transmission and execution of a command can be interrupted any
time except while downloading is in process. For details, see Annex E.

(1) Before the host sends a command (Interrupting transmission from the host to the C/R)

HOST DLE EOT

CHD DLE EOT

(2) After the host sends a command (Canceling the command from the host to the C/R)

HOST Command DLE EOT

CHD DLE ACK DLE EOT

(3) After the host sends ENQ (The host forcefully interrupts the command in process.)
HOST Command DLE ENQ DLE EOT

Processing
CHD DLE ACK (Execution) DLE EOT (Interruption)

(4) While the C/R is sending a response (The host interrupts the transmission.)
HOST Command DLE ENQ DLE EOT

Processing
CHD DLE ACK (Execution) Response DLE EOT

12 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

2.6 Transmission Control Matrix


2.6.1 Control by the host (provided for reference)

Code/Event Codes received from C/R Reception monitor by HOST


Status of HOST DLE ACK DLE NAK DLE STX DLE ETX BCC Other Codes Time-out Monitoring Time
1 Waiting for DLE ACK after Sends DLE Resends the Ignores Ignores Ignores Resends the *1
sending a command ENQ command command
-> 2 -> 1 *3 -> 1 *3
2 Waiting for a response after Ignores Ignores Clears buffer Ignores Ignores Resends DLE *2
sending DLE ENQ -> 3 ENQ
-> 2 *3
3 Waiting for DLE ETX BCC Ignores Ignores Clears buffer Sends the next command when Stores data Resends DLE 3 seconds
during receiving a response -> 3 the reception was successful -> 3 ENQ *4
-> 1 -> 2 *3
Resends DLE ENQ when the
reception was failed
-> 2 *3
*1: Monitoring Time for waiting “DLE ACK” after transmission of a command by the host shall be set to 5.02sec or more.
When an Initial Reset Command sent from the host extends the transmission/reception switching time of the C/R side,
5.02 more sec shall be added to this Monitoring Time. (Refer to 4.1)
*2: The monitoring time for which the host waits for a response varies depending on each command. Usually 10 seconds
or more is recommended. For responses to commands that require user’s operation (e.g., Inserting, taking out), add the
operation time to the monitoring time. When the number of retries accompanying mechanical operation (moving) is
increased, one second per retry shall be added.
*3: The host side shall define the number of retransmission, and the number shall be one or more. When all the retries end
up with failure, the host shall regard it as an error.
*4: This monitoring time varies depending on the transmission speed and the data length of the response. The monitoring
time in 9600 bps is 3 sec, but that in 1200 bps is 20 sec.

2.6.2 Control by C/R


Code/Event Codes received from HOST Reception monitor by C/R
Status of HOST DLE ENQ DLE STX DLE EOT DLE ETX BCC Other Codes Time-out Monitoring Time
1 Idle Resends the Clears buffer Execution Ignores Ignores Ignores Ignores
response -> 2 Interrupted
-> 1 -> 1
2 Waiting for DLE ETX Ignores Clears buffer Execution Sends DLE ACK, when Stores data Sends 5 sec
BCC during receiving a -> 2 Interrupted the reception is -> 2 DLE NAK (Between characters)
command -> 1 successful -> 1
-> 3
Sends DLE NAK, when
reception was failed
-> 1
3 Waiting for DLE ENQ Sends a response Clears buffer Execution Ignores Ignores Ignores Ignores
after sending DLE ACK after executing a -> 2 Interrupted
command -> 1
-> 1
Whenever the C/R is processing a command, except when DL is in process, all characters other than “ DLE EOT” from the
host are ignored. For details about “DLE EOT” during downloading, see Annex E.

13 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

3. Time Chart of Transmission Control Signal Line


The signal names shown below represent the signals on the C/R side.

3.1 DTR Signal


DTR on

off

After the power is turned on,


the CHD boots up within 10
seconds.

(1) The host shall send Initial Reset after the DTR Signal is turned ON. After confirming that the DTR Signal is
turned on, the host shall send an Initial Reset command, for example (“07”) but other Initial Reset are also
allowed
(2) After the power is turned on, the C/R boots up within 4sec.
(3) After the host receives a response of either DL Completion (Command “d2”) or DL Preparation (Command
“d3”), the DTR Signal is turned off for 300 ms at most.

3.2 Interruption of Transmission by the CTS Signal


The figure shown below represents the case that the CTS Signal from the host is turned off while the C/R is transmitting
a response.

(1) When the CTS Signal from the host is turned OFF during transmission of a response from the C/R, the C/R
interrupts the transmission after sending two or less characters.
(2) The C/R resumes transmission within 1ms after the CTS Signal is turned on.
(3) If the CTS Signal has been turned off before C/R’s transmitting a response, the C/R sends a response after the
CTS Signal is turned on.

14 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

4. Message Specifications
Each line in the tables specifies as shown below:

• The row of length specifies the byte(s) of each item.


• The row of data specifies the content of each item.

4.1 Command Format (HOST -> C/R)


A Command is the text in which the host instructs the C/R to execute a process.

IDN CMD CMP


Length 1 2 Variable Length (0~512 bytes)
Data “C” See 3.3 For details, see 4

(1) IDN
Specifies its code. The code for commands is “C” (43H).

(2) CMD
Specifies a command. (See 3.3)

(3) CMP
Command Parameter.
This defines details of a CMD processing. However, some CMDs do not have any command parameter.

15 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

4.2 Response Format (C/R -> HOST)


A Response is the text that the C/R sends to the host as a result of a process in response to a command sent by the
host.

(1) JDG
The host judges whether the process was normally completed or not by the JDG code in a response message.

• “P” (50H) in JDG specifies a positive response that the process was normally completed.
• “N” (4EH) in JDG specifies a negative response that the process was abnormally completed.

(2) RCM
RCM in a response message is the same code as the command (CMD) to which the response is responding.

4.2.1 Positive Response Format

JDG RCM RES RDT


Length 1 2 2 Variable Length (0~320 bytes)
Data “P” See 5 See 6.1 For details, see 5

(1) RES
• Data in RES in a response message usually specifies the position of a card in the C/R.
• When a response responds to the ICC Control Command, the RES specifies the ICC Control Status.
• When a response responds to a DL related command, the RES specifies the DL status.

(2) RDT (Response Data)


• Response data is the data obtained by processing a command.
• Some responses do not have any response data.

4.2.2 SAM Positive Response Format


The following response format is only for commands related to SAM (“ex”, “fx”).

JDG RCM RES SAM RES Response data


Length 1 2 2 2 Variable Length (0-320 bytes)
Data “P” See 5 See 6.1 See 6.2 For details, see 7

(1) RES
• Data in RES in a response message usually specifies the position of a card in the C/R.
• When a response responds to the ICC Control Command, the RES specifies the ICC Control Status.

(2) SAM RES


• SAM RES in the Response Message specifies the SAM status. (See 6.2)

(3) RDT (Response Data)


• Response data is the data obtained by processing a command.
• Some responses do not have any response data.

4.2.3 Negative Response Format

JDG RCM RES RDT


Length 1 2 2 Variable Length (0~104 bytes)
Data “N” See 5 See 6.1 For details, see 7

(1) RES
• RES in a response message is a code indicating an error resulted from the command process.

(2) RDT (Response Data)


• Response data is the data obtained when a command is in process.
• Negative responses except those responded to specific commands do not have any response data.

16 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

5. Table of Commands
5.1 Card Handling
5.1.1 Initial Reset Commands
CMD
Command Name Function Ref
(ASCII)
Initial Reset “00” Initializes the C/R then returns card to the gate position if card is in the C/R. 7.1
“01” Initializes the C/R then ejects card through to rear if card is in the C/R. 7.2
“02” Initializes the C/R then holds card at the rear standby position if card is in the 7.3
C/R.
“03” Initializes the C/R then ejects card through to front if card in the C/R in order to 7.4
remove the short card or the long card.
“04” Initializes the C/R then returns card to the gate position if card is in the C/R (No 7.5
shutter control when no card is in).
“05” Initializes the C/R then ejects card through to rear if card is in the C/R (No 7.6
shutter control).
“06” Initializes the C/R then holds card in the standby position if card is in the C/R 7.7
(No shutter control).
“07” Initializes the C/R without mechanical movement. 7.8

5.1.2 Status Sense Commands


CMD
Command Name Function Ref
(ASCII)
Status Sense “10” Reads the C/R condition. 7.9
“11” Reads sensors status. 7.10

5.1.3 Insertion Commands


CMD
Command Name Function Ref
(ASCII)
Insertion “:0” Permits insertion from front and waits infinitely card (w/o mag. stripe) insertion. 7.97
Permission/ Denial Takes in card then transports it to the rear standby position.
“:1” Denies card insertion after interrupting card insertion state by the “Insertion 7.98
Permission Command” (“:0”or “: 2”).
“:2” Permits insertion with mag. stripe card from front and waits infinitely card 7.99
insertion. Takes in card then transports it to the rear standby position.

5.1.4 Intake Commands


CMD
Command Name Function Ref
(ASCII)
Intake “20” Takes in card (w/o mag. stripe) then transports it to the rear standby position. 7.11
“21” Takes in mag. stripe card then transports it to the rear standby position. 7.12
“23” Takes in card (w/o mag. stripe), then returns to the gate position temporary and 7.13
takes in card immediately and transports it to the rear standby position.
“24” Takes in mag. stripe card, then returns it to the gate position temporary and 7.14
takes in card immediately, and transports it to the rear standby position.

5.1.5 Return Commands


CMD
Command Name Function Ref
(ASCII)
Return “30” Returns card to the gate position. 7.15
“31” Ejects card through to rear. 7.16
“32” Transports card to the MM starting position. 7.17
Waiting for “90” Waits for card to be withdrawn from the gate position. 7.33
Withdrawal

17 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

5.1.6 Re-intake Commands


CMD
Command Name Function Ref
(ASCII)
Re-intake “40” Re-intakes card from the gate position to the rear standby position. 7.18
“41” Re-intakes card from the gate position and ejects it to rear. 7.19
“42” Re-intakes card from the gate position to the rear standby position. And sends 7.20
read data of the lowest track that was read correctly during intake.

5.2 Magnetic Track Handling


5.2.1 Magnetic Read Commands
CMD
Command Name Function Ref
(ASCII)
Read “60” Transports card to the front standby position or the rear standby position. 7.21
“61” Reads ISO #1 and sends read data. 7.22
“62” Reads ISO #2 and sends read data. 7.23
“63” Reads ISO #3 and sends read data. 7.24
“68” Reads multiple magnetic tracks and sends the correct read data of the lowest 7.25
track.
“69” Sends read data in memory. 7.26
“6A” Sends multitracks data in memory. 7.27

5.2.2 Magnetic Write Commands


CMD
Command Name Function Ref
(ASCII)
Write “71” Writes magnetic data onto ISO #1. 7.28
“72” Writes magnetic data onto ISO #2. 7.29
“73” Writes magnetic data onto ISO #3. 7.30
“78” Sets write data in memory (No Write processing). 7.31
“79” Writes data of multiple magnetic tracks at one time. 7.32

5.3 C/R Setting Commands


CMD
Command Name Function Ref
(ASCII)
Retry Number “R0” Sets the retry number when a read error occurred. 7.60
Setting “R1” Sets the retry number when a write error occurred. 7.61
“R3” Sets the retry number when a return error occurred. 7.62
Monitor Time “W0” Sets the monitoring time until card is inserted. 7.66
Setting “W1” Sets the monitoring time until card returned to front is withdrawn. 7.67
“W2” Sets the monitoring time until card is re-intaken to rear. 7.68

5.4 Card Reject Number


CMD
Command Name Function Ref
(ASCII)
Card Reject “Q0” Reads the number of ejected (captured) card to rear. 7.58
Number “Q1” Resets the number of ejected (captured) card to rear (“000”). 7.59

5.5 Lifetime Counter


CMD
Command Name Function Ref
(ASCII)
Life Counter Read “M0” Reads the number of movement of each part of the C/R. 7.52
Life Counter Clear “M2” Clears the number of movement of each part of the C/R. 7.53
Error Log Read “J0” Reads local error log. 7.50

18 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

5.6 FW/HW Identification


CMD
Command Name Function Ref
(ASCII)
Option “N0” Reads information of options installed. 7.54
Read/ Setting
Version Read “V0” Reads the FW version. 7.63
“V1” Reads the FW version of ICC control part. 7.64
“V2” Reads the FW version of SAM control part. 7.65

5.7 I/O port handling


CMD
Command Name Function Ref
(ASCII)
I/O Port “P0” Deactivates output port(s). 7.55
“P1” Activates output port(s). 7.56
“P5” Reads status of input port(s). 7.57

5.8 Cleaning Commands


CMD
Command Name Function Ref
(ASCII)
Cleaning “I0” Cleans head and sensors with a cleaning card. 7.49
Sensor Level “L0” Reads voltage of sensors. 7.51
Read

19 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

5.9 IC Chip Card (ICC) Handling


5.9.1 ICC Activation / Deactivation Commands
CMD
Command Name Function Ref
(ASCII)
ICC Press “C0” Transports ICC to the ICC contact and presses the ICC contact. 7.34
ICC Release “C1” Releases the ICC contact from ICC. 7.35
ICC Activation “C2” Activates (Cold Reset) ICC and sends an ATR. 7.36

ICC Deactivation “C3” Deactivates ICC. 7.37


ICC Cold Reset “E0” Activates (Cold Reset) ICC and sends an ATR. 7.40
It is possible to specify an automatic execution of the PPS by the C/R.
ICC Warm Reset “E1” Executes a warm reset to ICC and sends an ATR. 7.41
It is possible to specify an automatic execution of the PPS by the C/R.
ICC Multiple “C5” ICC Press (“C0”) + ICC Activation (“C2”) 7.38
Processing “C6” ICC Deactivation (“C3”) + ICC Release (“C1”) 7.39
“G1” Press ICC + ICC Cold Reset (“C0”+”E0”) 7.48

5.9.2 ICC Data Transmission Commands


CMD
Command Name Function Ref
(ASCII)
T=0 Transmission “F0” Sends or receives data between the host and ICC using T=0 protocol. 7.42
T=1 Transmission “F1” Sends or receives data between the host and ICC using T=1 protocol. 7.43
T=1 Continuous “F2” Sends data chained to ICC using T=1 protocol. 7.44
Transmission
T=1 Continuous “F3” Receives data chained from using T=1 protocol. 7.45
Reception
T=1 interruption “F4” Continuous transmission/reception of T=1 protocol is forcedly terminated. 7.46
Completion
PPS Exchange “F8” Executes a PPS exchange between the host and ICC. 7.47

20 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

5.10 Secure Application Module (SAM) Handling


5.10.1 SAM Activation / Deactivation Commands
CMD
Command Name Function Ref
(ASCII)
SAM Status Sense “e0” Reads SAM status. 7.79
SAM Activation “e1” Activates (Cold Reset) SAM and sends an ATR. 7.80
SAM Deactivation “e2” Deactivates SAM. 7.81
SAM Cold Reset “e3” Activates (Cold Reset) SAM and sends an ATR. 7.82
It is possible to specify an automatic execution of the PPS by the C/R.
SAM Warm Reset “e4” Executes a warm reset to SAM and sends an ATR. 7.83
It is possible to specify an automatic execution of the PPS by the C/R.

5.10.2 SAM Data Transmission Commands


CMD
Command Name Function Ref
(ASCII)
T=0 Transmission “f0” Sends or receives data between the host and SAM using T=0 protocol. 7.84
T=1 Transmission “f1” Sends or receives data between the host and SAM using T=1 protocol. 7.85
T=1 Continuous “f2” Sends data chained to SAM using T=1 protocol. 7.86
Transmission
T=1 Continuous “f3” Receives data chained from SAM using T=1 protocol. 7.87
Reception
T=1 Interruption “f4” Continuous transmission/reception of T=1 protocol is forcedly terminated. 7.88
Completion
PPS Request “f8” Executes a PPS exchange between the host and SAM. 7.89

5.11 Protocol Handling for ICC & SAM


CMD
Command Name Function Ref
(ASCII)
ICC and SAM “Y0” Reads the control information of ICC and SAM in Flash Memory. 7.69
Control “Y1” Sets the reference standard used in commands related to ICC and SAM in 7.70
Information Flash memory.
“Y2” Sets the monitoring time for waiting for reception used in commands related to 7.71
ICC and SAM in Flash memory.
“Y3” Sets the IFSD control method used in commands related to ICC and SAM in 7.72
Flash memory.
“Y4” Sets the TCK control method used in commands related to ICC and SAM in 7.73
Flash memory.
“Y5” Sets the ICC supply voltage(5V/3V) in commands related to ICC in Flash 7.74
memory.

21 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

5.12 Memory Card Handling


CMD
Command Name Function Ref
(ASCII)
Activation “m2” Activates memory card. 7.90
Deactivation “m3” Deactivates memory card. 7.91
Multiple “m5” Card press (“C0”) and memory card activation (“m2”) 7.92
processing “m6” Memory card deactivation (“m3”) + Card release (“C1”) 7.93
Transmission and “m7” Sends and receives data between the host and the memory card. 7.94
Reception
PSC Verification “m8” Executes the verification of memory card. 7.95

5.13 Download Function


CMD
Command Name Function Ref
(ASCII)
DL Start “d0” Starts DL procedure. 7.75
DL Transmission “d1” Sends DL Data (FW). 7.76
DL Completion “d2” Completes DL procedure. 7.77
DL Preparation “d3” Prepares downloading. 7.78
USER Info. Read “u0” Reads the user information for standard FW. 7.96
for standard FW

22 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

6. Table of Responses
6.1 Table of Positive Response Status
Response statuses (RES) of Positive Response Format are shown in the table below:

RES
Meaning
(ASCII)
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position
“02” Card in C/R
“04” Card at Read Start Position of MM Sensor
“10” IC Contact Press to ICC
“11” ICC Activation Status
“20” Transmission with ICC Completion (With/ without Reception Data, with SW1 + SW2)
“21” In process C/R of Continuous Reception from ICC (With Reception Data, without SW1 + SW2)
“22” In Process C/R of Continuous Transmission to ICC
(Without Reception Data, without SW1 + SW2)
“23” Abort Completion of ICC Transmission by Forcedly Interruption
“30” In Process Downloading
“31” Downloading Normal Completion. Waiting for Initial Reset

6.2 Status Table of SAM Positive Response


SAM status (SAM RES) of SAM Positive Response Format is shown below.

SAM RES
Meaning
(ASCII)
“40” Deactivation Status SAM
“41” Activation Status SAM
“50” Transmission to SAM Completion (with/without Receiving Data, with SW1+SW2)
“51” Continuous Reception Status from SAM (with Receiving Data, without SW1+SW2)
“52” Continuous Transmission Status to SAM (without Receiving Data, without SW1+SW2)
“53” Abort Completion of SAM Transmission by Forcedly Interruption.

23 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

6.3 Table of Negative Response Status (Error Code)


Response statuses (RES) of Negative Response Format are shown in the table below:

(1) Error code table


RES
Sorts of Error Meaning Host processing after error
(ASCII)
“00” Reception of • The received command is not The host must check the content and
Undefined Command included in the specification. sequence of the command.
“01” Command Sequence • The received command is not The host must check the content and
Error available in the current state. sequence of the command.
“02” Command Parameter • The parameter of the received The host must check the content and
Error command is not appropriate. sequence of the command.

(2) Error code table


RES
Sorts of Error Meaning Host processing after error
(ASCII)
“10” Card Jam • The C/R failed to transport a card In case one of these errors occurs, the host
*1 in the C/R to the correct position. shall send one of the “initial reset “(“00” to
• The C/R failed to return a card to “06”) commands.
the gate position because the gate
position was shut.
• The C/R failed to transport a card
taken in from the gate position to
the correct position.
“11” Shutter Abnormality • The C/R couldn’t open the shutter. In case one of these errors occurs, the host
• The C/R couldn’t detect the shutter shall send one of the “initial reset “(“00” to
opening due to the trouble of “06”) commands.
shutter echo sensor.
“14” Card Withdrawn • A card was withdrawn from rear. In case one of these errors occurs, the host
shall send one of the “initial reset “(“00” to
“06”) commands.
“15” Card Jam on Reintake • When a card was retaken in from In case one of these errors occurs, the host
front, the C/R failed to transport it shall send one of the “initial reset “(“00” to
to the standby position. “06”) commands.
“16” Card Jam at the • After card had been ejected, the In case one of these errors occurs, the host
Rear-end card is inserted from rear-end. shall send one of the “initial reset “(“00” to
“06”) commands.
“18” Power-down Detection • Power down was detected while a In case one of these errors occurs, the host
*2 command (including initial reset shall send one of the “initial reset “(“00” to
*3 command) was being processed “06”) commands.
or before it is processed.
“19” Waiting for Initial Reset • The C/R received a command The host shall send one of the “initial reset”
*2 other than the Initial Reset commands (“00” to “06”) when 15 ms have
Commands after the power was passed after the host received the error
turned on. response.
• The C/R received a command
other than the Initial Reset
Commands after the C/R sent the
response of Waiting for Initial
Reset (“19”).
*1: If a returned card continues being jammed in the C/R, the C/R comes not to return the card automatically.
In such a case, the host should send one of the Initial Reset Commands (“00” to “06”) to the C/R.
*2: For more details, see Annex G.
*3:This response shall be sent to the host if the power is restored in short time and the CPU memory has memorized the
transmission speed. However, this response shall not be sent while an initial reset command is being executed.

24 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(3) Error code table


RES
Sorts of Error Meaning Host processing after error
(ASCII)
“20” Too Long Card • A too long card was inserted from In case either error occurs, the host shall
front. send either “return”(“30”) command or
“initial reset” (“00”, “03” or “04”) command.
“21” Too Short Card • A too short card or a card with In case either error occurs, the host shall
hole(s) was inserted from front. send either “return”(“30”) command or
“initial reset” (“00”, “03” or “04”) command.

(4) Error code table


RES
Sorts of Error Meaning Host processing after error
(ASCII)
“32” Card Position Change • The position of a card inserted into The host can send the next command after
the C/R was changed. it receives the error code.
“33” Data Error in Flash • The SUM value in data stored in the The host can send the next command after
memory flash memory is incorrect. The it receives the error code.
memory might have been
destroyed.
• The C/R failed to write correct data
on the flash memory.

(5) Error code table


RES
Sorts of Error Meaning Host processing after error
(ASCII)
“40” Read Error • The C/R failed to detect the SS Although the C/R detected the magnetic
(SS error) code in the read data. data error, the host can send the next
command.
“41” Read Error • The C/R failed to detect the ES Although the C/R detected the magnetic
(ES error) code after the SS code in the read data error, the host can send the next
data. command.
“42” Read Error • Vertical parity error (VRC error) Although the C/R detected the magnetic
(VRC error) was detected in the read data data error, the host can send the next
(excluding SS and ES codes). command.
“43” Read Error • The next character of ES in the Although the C/R detected the magnetic
(LRC error) read data did not agree with the data error, the host can send the next
LRC calculation result. command.
“44” Read Error • The read magnetic data was not Although the C/R detected the magnetic
(Not Encoded) encoded. data error, the host can send the next
command.
“45” Read Error • The next character of SS in the Although the C/R detected the magnetic
(No Data) read data was ES, and the next data error, the host can send the next
character agreed with the LRC command.
calculation result.
“46” Read Error • The next character of SS in the Although the C/R detected the magnetic
(Jitter Error) read data was ES, and the next data error, the host can send the next
character agreed with the LRC command.
calculation result.
“49” Read Track setting • The specified track has not been Although the C/R detected the magnetic
Error read. data error, the host can send the next
command.

25 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(6) Error code table


RES
Sorts of Error Meaning Host processing after error
(ASCII)
“50” SS Error (*1) C/R Failure of Detecting SS Code in Although the C/R detected the magnetic
Verification after Write data error, the host can send the next
command.
“51” ES Error (*1) C/R Failure of Detecting ES Code after Although the C/R detected the magnetic
SS Code in Verification after Write data error, the host can send the next
command.
“52” VRC Error (*1) C/R Detection of One of Following Although the C/R detected the magnetic
Characters as VRC Error data error, the host can send the next
command.
“53” LRC Error (*1) C/R Detection of Character after ES in Although the C/R detected the magnetic
Verification Discordance with LRC data error, the host can send the next
Calculation Result command.
“54” Not Encoded (*1) Not Encoded Write Magnetic Data Although the C/R detected the magnetic
data error, the host can send the next
command.
“55” Data discordance (*1) C/R Detection of Incorrect SS, ES Although the C/R detected the magnetic
VRC and LRC. Wire Data Discordance data error, the host can send the next
with Read Data command.
“56” Jitter Error (*1) Not above Write Error (“50”~”55”). Although the C/R detected the magnetic
More than 10 Bits = Over Permission data error, the host can send the next
Value of Jitter in Read Data command.

(7) Error code table


RES
Sorts of Error Meaning Host processing after error
(ASCII)
“60” Incomplete Execution • The C/R received the Re-intake The host can send the next command.
of Re-intake command when no card was at the
gate position.
• Although the C/R received the
Re-intake command when a card
was in the gate position, the card
was withdrawn.
• The C/R received the Intake
command, which temporarily
returns a taken card to the gate
position and takes it in again.
However, because the returned
card was withdrawn or held at the
gate position, the C/R failed to
retake the card into it.
“61” Time-out of Intake • A card was not taken in the C/R The host can send the next command.
Monitoring within the intake monitoring time.
“62” Time-out of Withdrawal • A card was not withdrawn within The host can send the next command.
Monitoring the withdrawal monitoring time.
“63” Time-out of Re-intake • The C/R did not retake in a card The host can send the next command.
Monitoring within the re-intake monitoring
time.
“64” Card Held at Gate • Although the C/R received the The host can send the next command.
position Initial Reset Command when a
card was at the gate position, the
C/R failed to take it in.

26 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(8) Error code table


RES
Sorts of Error Meaning Host processing after error
(ASCII)
“70” Imperfect Program • The SUM value in the program The host shall download the FW, following
stored in the flash memory is the downloading sequence.
incorrect. The memory might have
been destroyed.
• The C/R received a command
other than DL Command during DL.
• The C/R found the downloading of
FW unfinished after the power was
turned on.
“71” Initial Reset waiting • The C/R received a command The host shall send an initial reset
after DL completion other than the Initial Reset command (“00” to “06”) when 15 ms have
Commands after the downloading passed after the reception of this response.
was normally completed.
“72” Patial Firmware Error • The C/R failed to extend the partial Flash Memory may be damaged.
in Flash Memory FW into Program Work Filed in
Flash Memory.

27 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(9) Error code table


RES
Sorts of Error Meaning Host processing after error
(ASCII)
“80” Reception from ICC • The data the C/R received from ICC ICC shall be deactivated. The host shall
Impossible exceeded the C/R’s reception buffer release the IC contacts, and then press
size when the C/R executed them and activate ICC.
transmission/reception in T=0 or T=1
Protocol or PPS.
• The C/R failed to complete
communication with ICC when the
C/R executed transmission/reception
in T=0 or T=1 Protocol or PPS
because the monitoring time set by
the host expired.
• The C/R aborted ICC process (only
when the referred ICC standard is
“EMV3.1.1”).
“81” ICC Solenoid Error • The C/R failed in pressing the IC In case one of these errors occurs, the
contacts. host shall send one of the “initial reset
• The C/R failed in releasing the IC “(“00” to “06”) commands.
contacts.
• When the C/R was pressing the IC
contacts, the echo sensor in the IC
unit was turned off.
• When the C/R was releasing the IC
contacts, the echo sensor in the IC
unit was turned on.
“82” ICC Activation Error • When the C/R activated ICC, the ICC shall be deactivated. The host shall
C/R detected short circuit on release the IC contacts, and then press
supplying Vcc. them and activate ICC.
• When the C/R activated ICC,
time-out or parity error occurred.
“84” ICC Communication • Monitoring time-out or parity error The host may send the next command
Error occurred during execution of after it receives this error code. However,
communication in T=0 or we recommend reactivating ICC after the
T=1Protocol. Although the C/R deactivation.
executed retry, it failed in recovering.
“85” Reception of ICC • The C/R received forceful The host may send the next command
Forceful Termination termination (S (Abort, req) on after it receives this error code. However,
executing in T=1Protocol. we recommend reactivating ICC after the
deactivation.
“86” ICC Reception Data • The C/R received invalid block or The host may send the next command
Error invalid data during execution in T=0 after it receives this error code. However,
or T=1Protocol. we recommend reactivating ICC after the
deactivation.
“87” Unsupported ICC • The C/R received unsupported ATR. ICC mode may not be set correctly.
The host should be deactivated to ICC
and re-set to a correct ICC mode.
“88” ICC movement • Although the sensor S3 should be In case one of these errors occurs, the
during pressing IC interrupted while IC contacts are host shall send one of the “initial reset
contacts being pressed, the state of these “(“00” to “06”) commands.
sensors were changed.
“89” Disagreement of • The card failed to be verified The card has to be checked whether it can
Verification Code because of disagreement of the be verified.
verification code.
“8A” Inappropriate • The card rejected verification. The card has to be checked whether it can
Verification Card • The EC area of the card was 00h, or be verified.
the protect bit in the EC area was
protected.

28 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(10)Error code table


RES
Sorts of Error Meaning Host processing after error
(ASCII)
“A0” Disability of SAM • The C/R detects that receiving data SAM shall be deactivated. The host shall
Reception from the SAM is over buffer size of activate SAM again.
the C/R in execution of T=0,T=1
protocol and PPS.
• The C/R fails to complete sending
and receiving in execution of
T=0,T=1 protocol and PPS when
monitoring time was up.
“A2” SAM Activation Error • The C/R detects short circuit (when After confirming that SAM is socketted
Vcc supply) when activation. correctly, re-activate SAM.
• Time-out or parity error occurs when
activation.
“A4” SAM Communication • Time-out or parity error occurs in The host may send the next command after it
Error protocol T=0 or T=1 and retry fails. receives this error code. However, we
recommend reactivating SAM after the
deactivation.
“A5” SAM Compulsory • Compulsory abort (S (Abort, req)) is The host may send the next command after it
Abort Reception received in protocol T=1. receives this error code. However, we
recommend reactivating SAM after the
deactivation.
“A6” SAM Reception Data • Invalid block or invalid data is The host may send the next command after it
Error received in protocol T=0 or T=1. receives this error code. However, we
recommend reactivating SAM after the
deactivation.
“A7” Unsupported SAM • ATR that the C/R fails to support is SAM mode may not be set correctly.
received. The host should be deactivated to SAM and
re-set to a correct SAM mode.

29 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7. Command Specification
Descriptions of Command Specification

7.1 (00) Initial Reset (Return to Front)

(1) Command
IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (0~2bytes)

“C” “0” “0” <1> <2>


*1 *1
*1: Reverse order and omission available.

Length Data
CMP Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
<1> 0~1 “0” Less than 10ms *2 Minimum Guaranteed Time for
“1”~”9” 10ms~90ms Switching Transmission/Reception
<2> 0~1 “A” Hold inside C/R Card Processing Method After
“B” Return to Front *2 Power Failure
“C” Eject to Rear
*2: Specifies the default value.
*3: Minimum Guaranteed Time for Switching Transmission/Reception means the minimum time until the C/R
sends a response (DLE ACK or response) after the C/R received a Command or DLE ENQ from the host.

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “0” “0” See table below.

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “0” “0” See table below.

RES Meaning
“02” Command Parameter Error
“10” Card Jam in C/R
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“13” Motor No Rotation
“14” Card Withdrawal
“16” Card Insertion from Rear or Card Jam at Rear
“18” Power Down Detection
“20” Too Long Card Insertion
“21” Too Short Card Insertion
“33” Data Error in Flash Memory Detection
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection

30 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• Sets the transmission speed between the host and C/R automatically (only when after the power is turned
on and after completing download).
• Sets the minimum guaranteed time for switching transmission/reception following the command parameter
and the card process procedure when the power is turned off.
The set value is valid until the memorized value in RAM is erased (about more than 1 week after the power
off). When the set value is erased, the default value is set.

[The minimum guaranteed time for switching transmission/reception]


• Time from the receiving completion (DLE ENQ receiving) to the transmission start (DLE ACK or
response transmission)
• When this parameter is specified, changes the minimum guaranteed time for switching
transmission/reception immediately.

[Card process procedure when the power off] (The host should connect an external capacitor to the C/R.)
• “A”: Hold inside C/R Releases the IC contact and holds inside C/R.
• “B”: Return to Front Releases the IC contact and returns a card to the gate position.
• “C”: Eject to Rear Releases the IC contact and ejects a card to rear.

• Prohibits an insertion permission state so that a card cannot be inserted. (if an insertion permission state).
• Clears the magnetic read and write data.
• Confirms the IC contact and motor behavior.
• Returns a card to the gate position (Only when there is a card).

Retry and Error Processing


• When the shutter does not open/close normally, sends a “Shutter Error” ”(”
”N11””).
• When the motor does not start, sends a “Motor Error”(”N13”).
• When the IC contact is not pressed or released normally, makes a maximum of 2 further attempts in
succession before sending an “IC Solenoid Error”(“N81”).
• When a card is jammed in the C/R, returns the card to front or rear then retries it. When still not able to
transport the card to the purposed position, sends a “Card Jam Error” (“N10”).
• When a card is not returned to the gate position, stops the card for a certain time, and then returns it again.
When still not able to transport the card to the purposed position, sends a “Card Jam Error” (“N10”).
• When the SUM value in the data area of flash memory is not correct, sends a “Flash Memory Error”
(”N33”).

(5) Notes
• The host should execute one of Initial Reset Commands immediately after the power is turned on.
• The host should send the Initial Reset command when the C/R initialization and the C/R error.

31 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.2 (01) Initial Reset (Eject to Rear)

(1) Positive Response


IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (0~2bytes)

“C” “0” “1” <1> <2>


*1 *1
*1: Reverse order and omission available.

Length Data
CMP Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
<1> 0~1 “0” Less than 10ms *2 Minimum Guaranteed Time for
“1”~”9” 10ms~90ms Switching Transmission/Reception
<2> 0~1 “A” Hold inside C/R Card Processing Method After
“B” Return to Front *2 Power Failure
“C” Eject to Rear
*2: Specifies the default value.
*3: Minimum Guaranteed Time for Switching Transmission/Reception means the minimum time until the C/R
sends a response (DLE ACK or response) after the C/R received a Command or DLE ENQ from the host.

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “0” “1” See table below.

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “0” “1” See table below.

RES Meaning
“02” Command Parameter Error
“10” Card Jam in C/R
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“13” Motor No Rotation
“14” Card Withdrawal
“16” Card Insertion from Rear or Card Jam at Rear
“18” Power Down Detection
“20” Too Long Card Insertion
“21” Too Short Card Insertion
“33” Data Error in Flash Memory Detection
“64” Card Insertion Error by C/R
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection

32 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• Sets the transmission speed between the host and C/R automatically (only when after the power is turned
on and after completing download).
• Sets the minimum guaranteed time for switching transmission/reception following the command parameter
and the card process procedure when the power is turned off.
The set value is valid until the memorized value in RAM is erased (about more than 1 week after the power
off). When the set value is erased, the default value is set.

[The minimum guaranteed time for switching transmission/reception]


• Time from the receiving completion (DLE ENQ receiving) to the transmission start (DLE ACK or
response transmission)
• When this parameter is specified, changes the minimum guaranteed time for switching
transmission/reception immediately.

[Card process procedure when the power off] (The host should connect an external capacitor to the C/R.)
• “A”: Hold inside C/R Releases the IC contact and holds inside C/R.
• “B”: Return to Front Releases the IC contact and returns a card to the gate position.
• “C”: Eject to Rear Releases the IC contact and ejects a card to rear.

• Prohibits an insertion permission state so that a card cannot be inserted. (if an insertion permission state).
• Clears the magnetic read and write data.
• Confirms the IC contact and motor behavior.
• Ejects a card to rear and counts the number of ejected card (Only when there is a card).

Retry and Error Processing


• When the shutter does not open/close normally, sends a “Shutter Error” ”(”
”N11””).
• When the motor does not start, sends a “Motor Error”(”N13”).
• When the IC contact is not pressed or released normally, makes a maximum of 2 further attempts in
succession before sending an “IC Solenoid Error”(“N81”).
• When a card is jammed in the C/R, returns the card to front or rear then retries it. When still not able to
transport the card to the purposed position, sends a “Card Jam Error” (“N10”).
• When a card is kept at the gate position, stops the card for a certain time, and then inserts the card. When
still not able to insert the card to the purposed position, sends a “Card Keeping Error”(“N64”).
• When the SUM value in the data area of flash memory is not correct, sends a “Flash Memory Error”
(”N33”).

(5) Notes
• The host should execute one of Initial Reset Commands immediately after the power is turned on.
• The host should send the Initial Reset command when the C/R initialization and the C/R error.

33 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.3 (02) Initial Reset (Hold inside C/R)

(1) Positive Response


IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (0~2bytes)

“C” “0” “2” <1> <2>


*1 *1
*1: Reverse order and omission available.

Length Data
CMP Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
<1> 0~1 “0” Less than 10ms *2 Minimum Guaranteed Time for
“1”~”9” 10ms~90ms Switching Transmission/Reception
<2> 0~1 “A” Hold inside C/R Card Processing Method After
“B” Return to Front *2 Power Failure
“C” Eject to Rear
*2: Specifies the default value.
*3: Minimum Guaranteed Time for Switching Transmission/Reception means the minimum time until the C/R
sends a response (DLE ACK or response) after the C/R received a Command or DLE ENQ from the host.

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “0” “2” See table below.

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position
“02” Card in C/R

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “0” “2” See table below.

RES Meaning
“02” Command Parameter Error
“10” Card Jam in C/R
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“13” Motor No Rotation
“14” Card Withdrawal from Rear
“16” Card Insertion from Rear or Card Jam at Rear
“18” Power Down Detection
“20” Too Long Card Insertion
“21” Too Short Card Insertion
“33” Data Error in Flash Memory Detection
“64” Card Insertion Error by C/R
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection

34 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• Sets the transmission speed between the host and C/R automatically (only when after the power is turned
on and after completing download).
• Sets the minimum guaranteed time for switching transmission/reception following the command parameter
and the card process procedure when the power is turned off.
The set value is valid until the memorized value in RAM is erased (about more than 1 week after the power
off). When the set value is erased, the default value is set.

[The minimum guaranteed time for switching transmission/reception]


• Time from the receiving completion (DLE ENQ receiving) to the transmission start (DLE ACK or
response transmission)
• When this parameter is specified, changes the minimum guaranteed time for switching
transmission/reception immediately.

[Card process procedure when the power off] (The host should connect an external capacitor to the C/R.)
• “A”: Hold inside C/R Releases the IC contact and holds inside C/R.
• “B”: Return to Front Releases the IC contact and returns a card to the gate position.
• “C”: Eject to Rear Releases the IC contact and ejects a card to rear.

• Prohibits an insertion permission state so that a card cannot be inserted. (if an insertion permission state).
• Clears the magnetic read and write data.
• Confirms the IC contact and motor behavior.
• Transports a card to the rear card stand-by position (Only when there is a card).

Retry and Error Processing


• When the shutter does not open/close normally, sends a “Shutter Error” ”(”
”N11””).
• When the motor does not start, sends a “Motor Error”(”N13”).
• When the IC contact is not pressed or released normally, makes a maximum of 2 further attempts in
succession before sending an “IC Solenoid Error”(“N81”).
• When a card is jammed in the C/R, returns the card to front or rear then retries it. When still not able to
transport the card to the purposed position, sends a “Card Jam Error” (“N10”).
• When a card is kept at the gate position, stops the card for a certain time, and then inserts the card. When
still not able to insert the card to the purposed position, sends a “Card Keeping Error”(“N64”).
• When the SUM value in the data area of flash memory is not correct, sends a “Flash Memory Error”
(”N33”).

(5) Notes
• The host should execute one of Initial Reset Commands immediately after the power is turned on.
• The host should send the Initial Reset command when the C/R initialization and the C/R error.

35 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.4 (03) Initial Reset (Eject to Front)

(1) Positive Response


IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (0~2bytes)

“C” “0” “3” <1> <2>


*1 *1
*1: Reverse order and omission available.

Length Data
CMP Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
<1> 0~1 “0” Less than 10ms *2 Minimum Guaranteed Time for
“1”~”9” 10ms~90ms Switching Transmission/Reception
<2> 0~1 “A” Hold inside C/R Card Processing Method After
“B” Return to Front *2 Power Failure
“C” Eject to Rear
*2: Specifies the default value.
*3: Minimum Guaranteed Time for Switching Transmission/Reception means the minimum time until the C/R
sends a response (DLE ACK or response) after the C/R received a Command or DLE ENQ from the host.

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “0” “3” See table below.

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “0” “3” See table below.

RES Meaning
“02” Command Parameter Error
“10” Card Jam in C/R
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“13” Motor No Rotation
“14” Card Withdrawal
“16” Card Insertion from Rear or Card Jam at Rear
“18” Power Down Detection
“20” Too Long Card Insertion
“21” Too Short Card Insertion
“33” Data Error in Flash Memory Detection
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection

36 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• Sets the transmission speed between the host and C/R automatically (only when after the power is turned
on and after completing download).
• Sets the minimum guaranteed time for switching transmission/reception following the command parameter
and the card process procedure when the power is turned off.
The set value is valid until the memorized value in RAM is erased (about more than 1 week after the power
off). When the set value is erased, the default value is set.

[The minimum guaranteed time for switching transmission/reception]


• Time from the receiving completion (DLE ENQ receiving) to the transmission start (DLE ACK or
response transmission)
• When this parameter is specified, changes the minimum guaranteed time for switching
transmission/reception immediately.

[Card process procedure when the power off] (The host should connect an external capacitor to the C/R.)
• “A”: Hold inside C/R Releases the IC contact and holds inside C/R.
• “B”: Return to Front Releases the IC contact and returns a card to the gate position.
• “C”: Eject to Rear Releases the IC contact and ejects a card to rear.

• Prohibits an insertion permission state so that a card cannot be inserted. (if an insertion permission state).
• Clears the magnetic read and write data.
• Confirms the IC contact and motor behavior.
• Ejects a card to front (Only when there is a card).

Retry and Error Processing


• When the shutter does not open/close normally, sends a “Shutter Error” ”(”
”N11””).
• When the motor does not start, sends a “Motor Error”(”N13”).
• When the IC contact is not pressed or released normally, makes a maximum of 2 further attempts in
succession before sending an “IC Solenoid Error”(“N81”).
• When a card is jammed in the C/R, returns the card to front or rear then retries it. When still not able to
transport the card to the purposed position, sends a “Card Jam Error” (“N10”).
• When a card is not returned to the gate position, stops the card for a certain time, and then returns it again.
When still not able to transport the card to the purposed position, sends a “Card Jam Error” (“N10”).
• When the SUM value in the data area of flash memory is not correct, sends a “Flash Memory Error”
(”N33”).

(5) Notes
• The host should execute one of Initial Reset Commands immediately after the power is turned on.
• The host should send the Initial Reset command when the C/R initialization and the C/R error.

37 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.5 (04) Initial Reset (Return to Front without the shutter movement)

(1) Positive Response


IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (0~2bytes)

“C” “0” “4” <1> <2>


*1 *1
*1: Reverse order and omission available.

Length Data
CMP Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
<1> 0~1 “0” Less than 10ms *2 Minimum Guaranteed Time for
“1”~”9” 10ms~90ms Switching Transmission/Reception
<2> 0~1 “A” Hold inside C/R Card Processing Method After
“B” Return to Front *2 Power Failure
“C” Eject to Rear
*2: Specifies the default value.
*3: Minimum Guaranteed Time for Switching Transmission/Reception means the minimum time until the C/R
sends a response (DLE ACK or response) after the C/R received a Command or DLE ENQ from the host.

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “0” “4” See table below.

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “0” “4” See table below.

RES Meaning
“02” Command Parameter Error
“10” Card Jam in C/R
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“13” Motor No Rotation
“14” Card Withdrawal
“16” Card Insertion from Rear or Card Jam at Rear
“18” Power Down Detection
“20” Too Long Card Insertion
“21” Too Short Card Insertion
“33” Data Error in Flash Memory Detection
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection

38 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• Sets the transmission speed between the host and C/R automatically (only when after the power is turned
on and after completing download).
• Sets the minimum guaranteed time for switching transmission/reception following the command parameter
and the card process procedure when the power is turned off.
The set value is valid until the memorized value in RAM is erased (about more than 1 week after the power
off). When the set value is erased, the default value is set.

[The minimum guaranteed time for switching transmission/reception]


• Time from the receiving completion (DLE ENQ receiving) to the transmission start (DLE ACK or
response transmission)
• When this parameter is specified, changes the minimum guaranteed time for switching
transmission/reception immediately.

[Card process procedure when the power off] (The host should connect an external capacitor to the C/R.)
• “A”: Hold inside C/R Releases the IC contact and holds inside C/R.
• “B”: Return to Front Releases the IC contact and returns a card to the gate position.
• “C”: Eject to Rear Releases the IC contact and ejects a card to rear.

• Prohibits an insertion permission state so that a card cannot be inserted. (if an insertion permission state).
• Clears the magnetic read and write data.
• Confirms the IC contact and motor behavior. But does not confirm the shutter behavior.
• Returns a card to the gate position (Only when there is a card).

Retry and Error Processing


• When the shutter does not open/close normally, sends a “Shutter Error” ”(”
”N11””).
• When the motor does not start, sends a “Motor Error”(”N13”).
• When the IC contact is not pressed or released normally, makes a maximum of 2 further attempts in
succession before sending an “IC Solenoid Error”(“N81”).
• When a card is jammed in the C/R, returns the card to front or rear then retries it. When still not able to
transport the card to the purposed position, sends a “Card Jam Error” (“N10”).
• When the SUM value in the data area of flash memory is not correct, sends a “Flash Memory Error”
(”N33”).

(5) Notes
• The host should execute one of Initial Reset Commands immediately after the power is turned on.
• The host should send the Initial Reset command when the C/R initialization and the C/R error.

39 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.6 (05) Initial Reset (Eject to Rear without the shutter movement)

(1) Positive Response


IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (0~2bytes)

“C” “0” “5” <1> <2>


*1 *1
*1: Reverse order and omission available.

Length Data
CMP Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
<1> 0~1 “0” Less than 10ms *2 Minimum Guaranteed Time for
“1”~”9” 10ms~90ms Switching Transmission/Reception
<2> 0~1 “A” Hold inside C/R Card Processing Method After
“B” Return to Front *2 Power Failure
“C” Eject to Rear
*2: Specifies the default value.
*3: Minimum Guaranteed Time for Switching Transmission/Reception means the minimum time until the C/R
sends a response (DLE ACK or response) after the C/R received a Command or DLE ENQ from the host.

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “0” “5” See table below.

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “0” “5” See table below.

RES Meaning
“02” Command Parameter Error
“10” Card Jam in C/R
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“13” Motor No Rotation
“14” Card Withdrawal
“16” Card Insertion from Rear or Card Jam at Rear
“18” Power Down Detection
“20” Too Long Card Insertion
“21” Too Short Card Insertion
“33” Data Error in Flash Memory Detection
“64” Card Insertion Error by C/R
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection

40 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• Sets the transmission speed between the host and C/R automatically (only when after the power is turned
on and after completing download).
• Sets the minimum guaranteed time for switching transmission/reception following the command parameter
and the card process procedure when the power off.
The set value is valid until the memorized value in RAM is erased (about more than 1 week after the power
off). When the set value is erased, the default value is set.

[The minimum guaranteed time for switching transmission/reception]


• Time from the receiving completion (DLE ENQ receiving) to the transmission start (DLE ACK or
response transmission)
• When this parameter is specified, changes the minimum guaranteed time for switching
transmission/reception immediately.

[Card process procedure when the power off] (The host should connect an external capacitor to the C/R.)
• “A”: Hold inside C/R Releases the IC contact and holds inside C/R.
• “B”: Return to Front Releases the IC contact and returns a card to the gate position.
• “C”: Eject to Rear Releases the IC contact and ejects a card to rear.

• Prohibits an insertion permission state so that a card cannot be inserted. (if an insertion permission state).
• Clears the magnetic read and write data.
• Confirms the IC contact and motor behavior. But does not confirm the shutter behavior.
• Ejects a card to rear and counts the number of ejected card (Only when there is a card).

Retry and Error Processing


• When the shutter does not open/close normally, sends a “Shutter Error”(“N11”).
• When the motor does not start, sends a “Motor Error”(“N13”).
• When the IC contact is not pressed or released normally, makes a maximum of 2 further attempts in
succession before sending an “IC Solenoid Error”(“N81”).
• When a card is jammed in the C/R, returns the card to front or rear then retries it. When still not able to
transport the card to the purposed position, sends a “Card Jam Error” (“N10”).
• When a card is kept at the gate position, stops the card for a certain time, and then inserts the card. When
still not able to insert the card to the purposed position, sends a “Card Keeping Error”(“N64”).
• When the SUM value in the data area of flash memory is not correct, sends a “Flash Memory Error”
(“N33”).

(5) Notes
• The host should execute one of Initial Reset Commands immediately after the power is turned on.
• The host should send the Initial Reset command when the C/R initialization and the C/R error.

41 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.7 (06) Initial Reset (Hold inside C/R without the shutter movement)

(1) Positive Response


IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (0~2bytes)

“C” “0” “6” <1> <2>


*1 *1
*1: Reverse order and omission available.

Length Data
CMP Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
<1> 0~1 “0” Less than 10ms *2 Minimum Guaranteed Time for
“1”~”9” 10ms~90ms Switching Transmission/Reception
<2> 0~1 “A” Hold inside C/R Card Processing Method After
“B” Return to Front *2 Power Failure
“C” Eject to Rear
*2: Specifies the default value.
*3: Minimum Guaranteed Time for Switching Transmission/Reception means the minimum time until the C/R
sends a response (DLE ACK or response) after the C/R received a Command or DLE ENQ from the host.

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “0” “6” See table below.

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position
“02” Card in C/R

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “0” “6” See table below.

RES Meaning
“02” Command Parameter Error
“10” Card Jam in C/R
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“13” Motor No Rotation
“14” Card Withdrawal
“16” Card Insertion from Rear or Card Jam at Rear
“18” Power Down Detection
“20” Too Long Card Insertion
“21” Too Short Card Insertion
“33” Data Error in Flash Memory Detection
“64” Card Insertion Error by C/R
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection

42 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• Sets the transmission speed between the host and C/R automatically (only when after the power is turned
on and after completing download).
• Sets the minimum guaranteed time for switching transmission/reception following the command parameter
and the card process procedure when the power is turned off.
The set value is valid until the memorized value in RAM is erased (about more than 1 week after the power
off). When the set value is erased, the default value is set.

[The minimum guaranteed time for switching transmission/reception]


• Time from the receiving completion (DLE ENQ receiving) to the transmission start (DLE ACK or
response transmission)
• When this parameter is specified, changes the minimum guaranteed time for switching
transmission/reception immediately.

[Card process procedure when the power off] (The host should connect an external capacitor to the C/R.)
• “A”: Hold inside C/R Releases the IC contact and holds inside C/R.
• “B”: Return to Front Releases the IC contact and returns a card to the gate position.
• “C”: Eject to Rear Releases the IC contact and ejects a card to rear.

• Prohibits an insertion permission state so that a card cannot be inserted. (if an insertion permission state).
• Clears the magnetic read and write data.
• Confirms the IC contact and motor behavior. But does not confirm the shutter behavior.
• Transports a card to the rear card stand-by position (Only when there is a card).

Retry and Error Processing


• When the shutter does not open/close normally, sends a “Shutter Error”(“N11”).
• When the motor does not start, sends a “Motor Error”(“N13”).
• When the IC contact is not pressed or released normally, makes a maximum of 2 further attempts in
succession before sending an “IC Solenoid Error”(“N81”).
• When a card is jammed in the C/R, returns the card to front or rear then retries it. When still not able to
transport the card to the purposed position, sends a “Card Jam Error” (“N10”).
• When a card is kept at the gate position, stops the card for a certain time, and then inserts the card. When
still not able to insert the card to the purposed position, sends a “Card Keeping Error”(“N64”).
• When the SUM value in the data area of flash memory is not correct, sends a “Flash Memory Error”
(“N33”).

(5) Notes
• The host should execute one of Initial Reset Commands immediately after the power is turned on.
• The host should send the Initial Reset command when the C/R initialization and the C/R error.

43 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.8 (07) Initial Reset (Without Mechanical Movement)

(1) Command
IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (0~2bytes)

“C” “0” “7” <1> <2>


*1 *1
*1: Reverse order and omission available.

Length Data
CMP Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
<1> 0~1 “0” Less than 10ms *2 Minimum Guaranteed Time for
“1”~”9” 10ms~90ms Switching Transmission/Reception
<2> 0~1 “A” Hold inside C/R Card Processing Method After
“B” Return to Front *2 Power Failure
“C” Eject to Rear
*2: Specifies the default value.
*3: Minimum Guaranteed Time for Switching Transmission/Reception means the minimum time until the C/R
sends a response (DLE ACK or response) after the C/R received a Command or DLE ENQ from the host.

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “0” “7” See table below.

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “0” “7” See table below.

RES Meaning
“02” Command Parameter Error
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection

44 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• Sets the transmission speed between the host and C/R automatically (only when after the power is turned
on and after completing download).
• Sets the minimum guaranteed time for switching transmission/reception following the command parameter
and the card process procedure when the power is turned off.
The set value is valid until the memorized value in RAM is erased (about more than 1 week after the power
off). When the set value is erased, the default value is set.

[The minimum guaranteed time for switching transmission/reception]


• Time from the receiving completion (DLE ENQ receiving) to the transmission start (DLE ACK or
response transmission)
• When this parameter is specified, changes the minimum guaranteed time for switching
transmission/reception immediately.

[Card process procedure when the power off] (The host should connect an external capacitor to the C/R.)
• “A”: Hold inside C/R Releases the IC contact and holds inside C/R.
• “B”: Return to Front Releases the IC contact and returns a card to the gate position.
• “C”: Eject to Rear Releases the IC contact and ejects a card to rear.

• Prohibits an insertion permission state so that a card cannot be inserted. (if an insertion permission state).
• Clears the magnetic read and write data.

Retry and Error Processing


• None

(5) Notes
• The host should execute one of Initial Reset Commands after DL Transmission Command (“Cd2”) or DL
Prepare Command (“Cd3”).

45 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.9 (10) Status Sense (C/R Sense)

(1) Command
IDN CMD
(1byte) (2bytes)

“C” “1” “0”

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “1” “0” See table below.

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position
“02” Card in C/R
“04” Card at Read Start Position of MM Sensor
“10” IC Contact Press to ICC
“11” ICC Activation Status
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“20” Transmission with ICC Completion (With/ without Reception Data, with SW1 + SW2)
“21” In process C/R of Continuous Reception from ICC
(With Reception Data, without SW1 + SW2)
“22” In Process C/R of Continuous Transmission to ICC
(Without Reception Data, without SW1 + SW2)
“30” In Process Downloading
“31” Downloading Normal Completion. Waiting C/R for Initial Reset
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “1” “0” See table below.

RES Meaning
“02” Command Parameter Error
“10” Card Jam in C/R
“13” Motor No Rotation
“14” Card Withdrawal
“16” Card Insertion from Rear or Card Jam at Rear
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“32” Card Position inserted into C/R Change
“33” Data Error in Flash Memory Detection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection
“88” ICC Move during IC Contact Press

46 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• When the C/R is normal, sends a “C/R Status”(“RES”).
• When a mechanical error, sends a negative response of mechanical error.
• But when the previous command is a warning response, sends the same response as the previous one.

Retry and Error Processing


• None

47 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.10 (11) Status Sense (Sensor Sense)

(1) Command
IDN CMD
(1byte) (2bytes)

“C” “1” “1”

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES RDT
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (12bytes)

“P” “1” “1” See table below. <1> ~ <10> <11>

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position
“02” Card in C/R
“04” Card at Read Start Position of MM Sensor
“10” IC Contact Press to ICC
“11” ICC Activation Status
“20” Transmission with ICC Completion (With/ without Reception Data, with SW1 + SW2)
“21” In process C/R of Continuous Reception from ICC
(With Reception Data, without SW1 + SW2)
“22” In Process C/R of Continuous Transmission to ICC
(Without Reception Data, without SW1 + SW2)
“31” Downloading Normal Completion. Waiting C/R for Initial Reset

Length Data
RDT Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
<1> 1 “0” No Card In Sensor S1 Card Position Sensor
“1” Card In
<2> 1 “0” Spare Spare
<3> 1 “0” No Card In Sensor S2
“1” Card In
<4> 1 “0” No Card In Sensor S3
“1” Card In
<5> 1 “0” No Card In Sensor S4
“1” Card In
<6> 1 “0” Shutter Close Shutter Echo
“1” Shutter Open
<7> 1 “0” Without Stripe Magnetic Stripe Detection
“1” With Stripe
<8> 1 “0” No Card In Width Detection
“1” Card In
<9> 1 “0” Release IC Contact IC Contact Echo
“1” Press IC Contact
<10> 1 “0” ICC Activation ICC Activation
“1” ICC Deactivation
1 “0” Stop Motor Status
<11> “1” 1st speed
“2” 2nd speed
“3” 3rd speed
<12> 1 “0” Spare Spare

48 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “1” “1” See table below.

RES Meaning
“02” Command Parameter Error
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• Sends the sensor status.

Retry and Error Processing


• None

49 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.11 (20) Intake (from Front, without Magnetic Card)

(1) Command
IDN CMD
(1byte) (2bytes)

“C” “2” “0”

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “2” “0” See table below.

RES Meaning
“02” Card in C/R

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “2” “0” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“10” Card Jam in C/R
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“13” Motor No Rotation
“14” Card Withdrawal
“16” Card Insertion from Rear or Card Jam at Rear
“18” Power Down Detection
“20” Too Long Card Insertion
“21” Too Short Card Insertion
“61” Card not Taking-in within Intake Monitoring Time
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• Intakes a card from front, and transport it to the rear card stand-by position.
• Reads the mag. data of 3 Tracks (ISO#1, #2 and #3) as transporting the card to the card stand-by position.

Retry and Error Processing


• When a card is jammed in the C/R, returns the card to front or rear then retries it. When still not able to
transport the card to the purposed position, sends a “Card Jam Error”(“N10”).
• When a card is not intaken within the time set by the “Monitoring Timer Setting Command”(“W0”), sends
a “Monitoring Time-Out Error”(“N61”).

(5) Notes
• When there is a returned card at the gate position, it does not intake another card unless the card has been
withdrawn.

50 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.12 (21) Intake (from Front to the Rear Standby Position, with Magnetic Card)

(1) Command
IDN CMD
(1byte) (2bytes)

“C” “2” “1”

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “2” “1” See table below.

RES Meaning
“02” Card in C/R

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “2” “1” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“10” Card Jam in C/R
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“13” Motor No Rotation
“14” Card Withdrawal from Rear
“16” Card Insertion from Rear or Card Jam at Rear
“18” Power Down Detection
“20” Too Long Card Insertion
“21” Too Short Card Insertion
“61” Card not Taking-in within Intake Monitoring Time
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• Intakes a card from front that has mag. stripes, and then transports it to the rear card stand-by position.
• Reads the mag. data of 3 Tracks (ISO#1, #2 and #3) as transporting the card to the card stand-by position.

Retry and Error Processing


• When a card is jammed in the C/R, returns the card to front or rear then retries it. When still not able to
transport the card to the purposed position, sends a “Card Jam Error”(“N10”).
• When a card is not intaken within the time set by the “Monitoring Timer Setting Command”(“W0”), sends
a “Monitoring Time-Out Error”(“N61”).

(5) Notes
• When there is a returned card at the gate position, it does not intake another card unless the card has been
withdrawn.

51 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.13 (23) Intake (from Front to Rear Standby Position, without Magnetic Card)

(1) Command
IDN CMD
(1byte) (2bytes)

“C” “2” “3”

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “2” “3” See table below.

RES Meaning
“02” Card in C/R

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “2” “3” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“10” Card Jam in C/R
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“13” Motor No Rotation
“14” Card Withdrawal
“16” Card Insertion from Rear or Card Jam at Rear
“18” Power Down Detection
“20” Too Long Card Insertion
“21” Too Short Card Insertion
“60” No Card in C/R or Card Withdrawal
“61” Card not Taking-in within Intake Monitoring Time
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• Intakes a card from front. After taking in the card, returns it to the gate position then re-intakes and
transports it to the rear card stand-by position.
• Reads the mag. data of 3 Tracks (ISO#1, #2 and #3) as transporting the card to the card stand-by position.

Retry and Error Processing


• When a card is jammed in the C/R, returns the card to front or rear then retries it. When still not able to
transport the card to the purposed position, sends a “Card Jam Error”(“N10”).
• When a card is not intaken within the time set by the “Monitoring Timer Setting Command”(“W0”), sends
a “Monitoring Time-Out Error”(“N61”).
• When a card has been withdrawn after being returned to the gate position, sends a “Re-intake No
Execution Error”(“N60”).

(5) Notes
• When there is a returned card at the gate position, it does not intake another card unless the card has been
withdrawn.

52 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.14 (24) Intake (from Front to Rear Standby Position, with Magnetic Card)

(1) Command
IDN CMD
(1byte) (2bytes)

“C” “2” “4”

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “2” “4” See table below.

RES Meaning
“02” Card in C/R

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “2” “4” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“10” Card Jam in C/R
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“13” Motor No Rotation
“14” Card Withdrawal
“16” Card Insertion from Rear or Card Jam at Rear
“18” Power Down Detection
“20” Too Long Card Insertion
“21” Too Short Card Insertion
“60” No Card in C/R or Card Withdrawal
“61” Card not Taking-in within Intake Monitoring Time
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• Intakes a card from front that has mag. stripes. After taking in the card, returns it to the gate position then
re-intakes and transports it to the rear card stand-by position.
• Reads the mag. data of 3 Tracks (ISO#1, #2 and #3) as transporting the card to the card stand-by position.

Retry and Error Processing


• When a card is jammed in the C/R, returns the card to front or rear then retries it. When still not able to
transport the card to the purposed position, sends a “Card Jam Error” (“N10”).
• When a card is not intaken within the time set by the “Monitoring Timer Setting Command”(“W0”), sends
a “Monitoring Time-Out Error”(“N61”).
• When a card has been withdrawn after being returned to the gate position, sends a “Re-intake No
Execution Error”(“N60”).

53 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(5) Notes
• When there is a returned card at the gate position, it does not intake another card unless the card has been
withdrawn.

54 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.15 (30) Return (to Front)

(1) Command
IDN CMD
(1byte) (2bytes)

“C” “3” “0”

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “3” “0” See table below.

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “3” “0” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“10” Card Jam in C/R
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“13” Motor No Rotation
“14” Card Withdrawal
“16” Card Insertion from Rear or Card Jam at Rear
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• Returns the card to the gate position.
• Clears the magnetic read data.

Retry and Error Processing


• When a card is jammed in the C/R, returns the card to front or rear then retries it. When still not able to
transport the card to the purposed position, sends a “Card Jam Error”(“N10”).
• When a card is not returned to the gate position, stops the card for a certain time, and then returns it again.
When still not able to transport the card to the purposed position, sends a “Card Jam Error”(“N10”).

(5) Notes
• Sends a normal response when there is a card at the gate position or no card in the C/R.

55 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.16 (31) Return (to Rear)

(1) Command
IDN CMD
(1byte) (2bytes)

“C” “3” “1”

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “3” “1” See table below.

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “3” “1” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“10” Card Jam in C/R
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“13” Motor No Rotation
“14” Card Withdrawal
“16” Card Insertion from Rear or Card Jam at Rear
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• Ejects a card to rear and counts the number of ejected card.
• Clears the magnetic read data.

Retry and Error Processing


• When a card is jammed in the C/R, returns the card to front or rear then retries it. When still not able to
transport the card to the purposed position, sends a “Card Jam Error”(“N10”).
• When a card is jammed during being ejected, stops the card for a certain time, and then transports it again.
When still not able to transport the card to the purposed position, sends a “Card Jam at the C/R Rear”
(“N16”).

56 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.17 (32) Return (to MM Position)

(1) Command
IDN CMD
(1byte) (2bytes)

“C” “3” “2”

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “3” “2” See table below.

RES Meaning
“02” Card in C/R
“04” Card at Read Start Position of MM Sensor

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “3” “2” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“10” Card Jam in C/R
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“13” Motor No Rotation
“14” Card Withdrawal
“16” Card Insertion from Rear
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• Transports a card to the MM sensor position.
• Clears the magnetic read data.

Retry and Error Processing


• When a card is jammed in the C/R, returns the card to front or rear then retries it. When still not able to
transport the card to the purposed position, sends a “Card Jam Error”(“N10”).

57 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.18 (40) Re-Intake (to rear)

(1) Command
IDN CMD
(1byte) (2bytes)

“C” “4” “0”

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “4” “0” See table below.

RES Meaning
“02” Card in C/R

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “4” “0” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“10” Card Jam in C/R
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“13” Motor No Rotation
“14” Card Withdrawal
“15” Jammed Card during Re-intaking
“16” Card Insertion from Rear
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“20” Too Long Card Insertion
“21” Too Short Card Insertion
“60” No Card in C/R or Card Withdrawal
“63” Card not Taking-in C/R within Re-intake Monitoring Time
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• Re-intakes a card at the gate position and transports it to the rear card stand-by position.
• Reads the mag. data of 3 Tracks (ISO#1, #2 and #3) as transporting the card to the card stand-by position.

Retry and Error Processing


• When a card is jammed in the C/R, returns the card to front or rear then retries it. When still not able to
transport the card to the purposed position, sends a “Card Jam when Card Re-intake”(“15”).
• When a card is not intaken within the time set by the “Monitoring Timer Setting Command”(“CW2”),
sends a “Monitoring Time-Out Error”( (“N63”) ).

(5) Notes
• Sends a normal response when there is a card in the C/R.

58 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

‐ Intake (+Reject to Rear)


7.19 (41) Re‐

(1) Command
IDN CMD
(1byte) (2bytes)

“C” “4” “1”

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “4” “1” See table below.

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “4” “1” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“10” Card Jam in C/R
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“13” Motor No Rotation
“15” Jammed Card during Re-intaking
“16” Card Insertion from Rear
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“20” Too Long Card Insertion
“21” Too Short Card Insertion
“60” No Card in C/R or Card Withdrawal
“63” Card not Taking-in C/R within Re-intake Monitoring Time
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• Re-intakes a card at the gate position, ejects a card to rear and counts the number of ejected card.
• Clears the magnetic read data.

Retry and Error Processing


• When a card is jammed in the C/R, returns the card to front or rear then retries it. When still not able to
transport the card to the purposed position, sends a “Card Jam when Card Re-intake”(“15”).
• When a card is not intaken within the time set by the “Monitoring Timer Setting Command”(“CW2”),
sends a “Monitoring Time-Out Error”( (“N63”) ).
• When a card is jammed during being ejected, stops the card for a certain time, and then transports it again.
When still not able to transport the card to the purposed position, sends a “Card Jam at the C/R Rear”
(“N16”).

59 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(5) Notes
• When there is a card in the C/R, ejects the card to rear and counts the number of ejected card.

60 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

‐ Intake (+Read)
7.20 (42) Re‐

(1) Command
IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (1byte)

“C” “4” “2” <1>

Length Data
CMP Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
<1> 1 “1” ISO #1
“2” ISO #2
“3” ISO #3
“4” ISO #1 + ISO #2
“5” ISO #1 + ISO #3
“6” ISO #2 + ISO #3
“7” ISO #1 + ISO #2 + ISO #3
Note: Designation of Multiple Track can be performed.

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES RDT
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (2~105bytes)

“P” “4” “2” See table below. <1> <2>

RES Meaning
“02” Card in C/R

Length Data
RDT Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
<1> 1 “1” ISO #1 Read Track Number
“2” ISO #2
“3” ISO #3
“4” ISO #1 + ISO #2
“5” ISO #1 + ISO #3
“6” ISO #2 + ISO #3
“7” ISO #1 + ISO #2 + ISO #3
<2> 1~76 Card Data Magnetic Read Data in ISO #1 Magnetic Read Data
1~37 Card Data Magnetic Read Data in ISO #2
1~104 Card Data Magnetic Read Data in ISO #3

61 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “4” “2” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“10” Card Jam in C/R
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“13” Motor No Rotation
“14” Card Withdrawal
“15” Jammed Card during Re-intaking
“16” Card Insertion from Rear
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“40” SS Error C/R Failure of Detecting SS Code in Read Data.
“41” ES Error C/R Failure of Detecting ES Code after SS Code in Read Data
“42” VRC Error Vertical Parity Error (VRC Error) Detection in Read Data (Excluding SS and
ES Codes).
“43” LRC Error Next Character of ES in Read Data Disagreement with LRC Calculation
Result.
“44” Not Encoded Not Encoded Read Magnetic Data
“45” No Data ES = Next Character of SS in Read Data, and Next Character Agreement with
LRC Calculation Result.
“46” Jitter Error (*1) Jitter Error Occurrence
“60” No Card in C/R or Card Withdrawal
“63” Card not Taking-in C/R within Re-intake Monitoring Time
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection
*1: When a jitter error (”N46”), adds the read data to it then sends the jitter error. For details, see below. .

JDG RCM RES RDT


(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (2~105bytes)

“N “4” “2” See table below. <1> <2>

RES Meaning
“46” Jitter Error Occurrence

Length Data
RDT Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
<1> 1 “1” ISO #1 Read Track Number
“2” ISO #2
“3” ISO #3
“4” ISO #1 + ISO #2
“5” ISO #1 + ISO #3
“6” ISO #2 + ISO #3
“7” ISO #1 + ISO #2 + ISO #3
<2> 1~76 Card Data Magnetic Read Data in ISO #1 Magnetic Read Data
1~37 Card Data Magnetic Read Data in ISO #2
1~104 Card Data Magnetic Read Data in ISO #3

62 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• Re-intakes a card at the gate position and transports it to the rear card stand-by position.
• Reads the mag. data of 3 Tracks (ISO#1, #2 and #3) as transporting the card to the card stand-by position.
• Returns a response of the mag. data of track that has a top priority among the specified tracks by the
command parameter (Priority ISO#1>ISO#2>ISO#3).

Retry and Error Processing


• When a card is jammed in the C/R, returns the card to front or rear then retries it. When still not able to
transport the card to the purposed position, sends a “Card Jam when Card Re-intake”(“15”).
• When a card is not intaken within the time set by the “Monitoring Timer Setting Command”(“CW2”),
sends a “Monitoring Time-Out Error”( (“N63”) ).

63 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.21 (60) Move the card in the C/R

(1) Command
IDN CMD
(1byte) (2bytes)

“C” “6” “0”

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “6” “0” See table below.

RES Meaning
“02” Card in C/R

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “6” “0” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“10” Card Jam in C/R
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“13” Motor No Rotation
“14” Card Withdrawal
“16” Card Insertion from Rear
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• When there is a card at front stand-by position, transports it to the rear stand-by position without reading the
mag. track.
• When there is a card at the rear stand-by position, transports it to the front stand-by position without reading
the mag. track.

Retry and Error Processing


• When a card is jammed in the C/R, returns the card to front or rear then retries it. When still not able to
transport the card to the purposed position, sends a “Card Jam Error”(“N10”).

64 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.22 (61) Magnetic Read (ISO#1)

(1) Command
IDN CMD
(1byte) (2bytes)

“C” “6” “1”

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES RDT
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (1~76bytes)

“P” “6” “1” See table below. <1>

RES Meaning
“02” Card in C/R

Length Data
RDT Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
<1> 1~76 Card Data Magnetic Read Data in ISO #1

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “6” “1” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“10” Card Jam in C/R
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“13” Motor No Rotation
“14” Card Withdrawal
“16” Card Insertion from Rear
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“40” SS Error C/R Failure of Detecting SS Code in Read Data
“41” ES Error C/R Failure of Detecting ES Code after SS Code in Read Data
“42” VRC Error Vertical Parity Error (VRC Error) Detection in Read Data (Excluding SS and
ES Codes)
“43” LRC Error Next Character of ES in Read Data Disagreement with LRC Calculation
Result.
“44” Not Encoded Not Encoded Read Magnetic Data
“45” No Data ES = Next Character of SS in Read Data, and Next Character Agreement with
LRC Calculation Result.
“46” Jitter Error (*1) Jitter Error Occurrence
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection
*1: When a jitter error (”N46”), adds the read data to it then sends the jitter error. For details, see below. .

65 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

JDG RCM RES RDT


(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (1~76bytes)

“N” “6” “1” “4” “6” <1>

Length Data
RDT Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
<1> 1~76 Card Data Magnetic Read Data in ISO #1

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• Reads the ISO#1 track only and returns the read data as a response as transporting the card from the rear
(front) stand-by position to front (rear) stand-by position.
• But when any read command has not been received yet after taking in a card, returns the read data
memorized in the C/R without transporting the card.

Retry and Error Processing


• When a card is jammed in the C/R, returns the card to front or rear then retries it. When still not able to
transport the card to the purposed position, sends a “Card Jam Error”(“N10”).
• When a read error, retries reading specified times by the “Retry Counter Setting Command”(“R0”). But
when “Not Encoded Error”(“N44”), or “No Data Error”(“N45”) as a result of reading, no retry is
executed.

(5) Notes
• When the mag. head type is not “No Head”(”0”), sends a “Command Parameter Error”(“N02”). To
confirm the mag. head type, executes the “Optional Device Information Read Command”(“N0”).

66 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.23 (62) Magnetic Read (ISO#2)

(1) Command
IDN CMD
(1byte) (2bytes)

“C” “6” “2”

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES RDT
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (1~37byte)

“P” “6” “2” See table below. <1>

RES Meaning
“02” Card in C/R

Length Data
RDT Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
<1> 1~37 Card Data Magnetic Read Data in ISO #2

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “6” “2” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“10” Card Jam in C/R
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“13” Motor No Rotation
“14” Card Withdrawal
“16” Card Insertion from Rear
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“40” SS Error C/R Failure of Detecting SS Code in Read Data
“41” ES Error C/R Failure of Detecting ES Code after SS Code in Read Data
“42” VRC Error Vertical Parity Error (VRC Error) Detection in Read Data (Excluding SS and
ES Codes)
“43” LRC Error Next Character of ES in Read Data Disagreement with LRC Calculation
Result.
“44” Not Encoded Not Encoded Read Magnetic Data
“45” No Data ES = Next Character of SS in Read Data, and Next Character Agreement with
LRC Calculation Result.
“46” Jitter Error (*1) Jitter Error Occurrence
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection
*1: When a jitter error (”N46”), adds the read data to it then sends the jitter error. For details, see below. .

67 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

JDG RCM RES RDT


(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (1~104bytes)

“N” “6” “2” “4” “6” <1>

Length Data
RDT Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
<1> 1~37 Card Data Magnetic Read Data in ISO #2

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• Reads the ISO#2 track only and returns the read data as a response as transporting the card from the rear
(front) stand-by position to front (rear) stand-by position.
• But when any read command has not been received yet after taking in a card, returns the read data
memorized in the C/R without transporting the card.

Retry and Error Processing


• When a card is jammed in the C/R, returns the card to front or rear then retries it. When still not able to
transport the card to the purposed position, sends a “Card Jam Error”(“N10”).
• When a read error, retries reading specified times by the “Retry Counter Setting Command”(“R0”). But
when “Not Encoded Error”(“N44”), or “No Data Error”(“N45”) as a result of reading, no retry is
executed.

(5) Notes
• When the mag. head type is not “No Head”(”0”), sends a “Command Parameter Error”(“N02”). To
confirm the mag. head type, executes the “Optional Device Information Read Command”(“N0”).

68 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.24 (63) Magnetic Read (ISO#3)

(1) Command
IDN CMD
(1byte) (2bytes)

“C” “6” “3”

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES RDT
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (1~104bytes)

“P” “6” “3” See table below. <1>

RES Meaning
“02” Card in C/R

Length Data
RDT Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
<1> 1~104 Card Data Magnetic Read Data in ISO #3

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “6” “3” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“10” Card Jam in C/R
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“13” Motor No Rotation
“14” Card Withdrawal
“16” Card Insertion from Rear
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“40” SS Error C/R Failure of Detecting SS Code in Read Data
“41” ES Error C/R Failure of Detecting ES Code after SS Code in Read Data
“42” VRC Error Vertical Parity Error (VRC Error) Detection in Read Data (Excluding SS and
ES Codes)
“43” LRC Error Next Character of ES in Read Data Disagreement with LRC Calculation
Result.
“44” Not Encoded Not Encoded Read Magnetic Data
“45” No Data ES = Next Character of SS in Read Data, and Next Character Agreement with
LRC Calculation Result.
“46” Jitter Error (*1) Jitter Error Occurrence
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection
*1: When a jitter error (”N46”), adds the read data to it then sends the jitter error. For details, see below. .

69 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

JDG RCM RES RDT


(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (1~104bytes)

“N” “6” “3” “4” “6” <1>

Length Data
RDT Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
<1> 1~104 Card Data Magnetic Read Data in ISO #3

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• When a card is at the MM position, the C/R read the ISO#3 track while feeding the card at 200mm/s speed.
• Reads the ISO#3 track only and returns the read data as a response as transporting the card from the rear
(front) stand-by position to front (rear) stand-by position.
• But when any read command has not been received yet after taking in a card, returns the read data
memorized in the C/R without transporting the card.
Retry and Error Processing
• When a card is jammed in the C/R, returns the card to front or rear then retries it. When still not able to
transport the card to the purposed position, sends a “Card Jam Error”(“N10”).
• When a read error, retries reading specified times by the “Retry Counter Setting Command”(“R0”). But
when “Not Encoded Error”(“N44”), or “No Data Error”(“N45”) as a result of reading, no retry is
executed.

(5) Notes
• The host should send this command due to the MM sensor read.
• When the mag. head type is not “No Head”(”0”), sends a “Command Parameter Error”(“N02”). To
confirm the mag. head type, executes the “Optional Device Information Read Command”(“N0”).

70 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.25 (68) Magnetic Read (Multiple Tracks)

(1) Command
IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (1byte)

“C” “6” “8” <1>

Length Data
CMP Meaning
(Byte) (ASCII)
<1> 1 “1” ISO #1
“2” ISO #2
“3” ISO #3
“4” ISO #1 + ISO #2
“5” ISO #1 + ISO #3
“6” ISO #2 + ISO #3
“7” ISO #1 + ISO #2 + ISO #3

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES RDT
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (2~105bytes)

“P” “6” “8” See table below. <1> <2>

RES Meaning
“02” Card in C/R

Length Data
RDT Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
<1> 1 “1” ISO #1 Read Track Number
“2” ISO #2
“3” ISO #3
“4” ISO #1 + ISO #2
“5” ISO #1 + ISO #3
“6” ISO #2 + ISO #3
“7” ISO #1 + ISO #2 + ISO #3
<2> 1~76 Card Data Magnetic Read Data in ISO #1 Magnetic Read Data
1~37 Card Data Magnetic Read Data in ISO #2
1~104 Card Data Magnetic Read Data in ISO #3

71 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “6” “8” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“10” Card Jam in C/R
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“13” Motor No Rotation
“14” Card Withdrawal
“16” Card Insertion from Rear
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“40” SS Error C/R Failure of Detecting SS Code in Read Data
“41” ES Error C/R Failure of Detecting ES Code after SS Code in Read Data
“42” VRC Error Vertical Parity Error (VRC Error) Detection in Read Data (Excluding SS and
ES Codes)
“43” LRC Error Next Character of ES in Read Data Disagreement with LRC Calculation
Result.
“44” Not Encoded Not Encoded Read Magnetic Data
“45” No Data ES = Next Character of SS in Read Data, and Next Character Agreement with
LRC Calculation Result.
“46” Jitter Error (*1) Jitter Error Occurrence
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection
*1: When a jitter error (”N46”), adds the read data to it then sends the jitter error. For details, see below.

JDG RCM RES RDT


(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (2~105bytes)

“N” “6” “8” See table below. <1> <2>

Length Data
RDT Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
<1> 1 “1” ISO #1 Read Track Number
“2” ISO #2
“3” ISO #3
“4” ISO #1 + ISO #2
“5” ISO #1 + ISO #3
“6” ISO #2 + ISO #3
“7” ISO #1 + ISO #2 + ISO #3
<2> 1~76 Card Data Magnetic Read Data in ISO #1 Magnetic Read Data
1~37 Card Data Magnetic Read Data in ISO #2
1~104 Card Data Magnetic Read Data in ISO #3

72 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• Reads the specified track by the command parameter as transporting it from the rear (front) stand-by
position to front (rear) stand-by position.
• Returns a response to the read data of track that has a top priority (Priority ISO#1>ISO#2>ISO#3).
• But when any read command has not been received yet after taking in a card, returns the read data
memorized in the C/R without transporting the card.

Retry and Error Processing


• When a card is jammed in the C/R, returns the card to front or rear then retries it. When still not able to
transport the card to the purposed position, sends a “Card Jam Error”(“N10”).
• When a read error, retries reading specified times by the “Retry Counter Setting Command”(“R0”). But
when “Not Encoded Error”(“N44”), or “No Data Error”(“N45”) as a result of reading, no retry is
executed.

(5) Notes
• When the multiple tracks are read, the host should execute a “69” or “6A” command in order to get the
read data in other tracks.
• When the mag. head type is not “No Head”(”0”), sends a “Command Parameter Error”(“N02”). To
confirm the mag. head type, executes the “Optional Device Information Read Command”(“N0”).

73 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.26 (69) Magnetic Read (Magnetic Data memorized in the C/R, 1track only)

(1) Command
IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (1byte)

“C” “6” “9” <1>

Length Data
CMP Meaning
(Byte) (ASCII)
<1> 1 “1” ISO #1
“2” ISO #2
“3” ISO #3

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES RDT
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (1~104bytes)

“P” “6” “9” See table below. <1>

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position
“02” Card in C/R

Length Data
RDT Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
<1> 1~76 Card Data Magnetic Read Data in ISO #1
1~37 Card Data Magnetic Read Data in ISO #2
1~104 Card Data Magnetic Read Data in ISO #3

74 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “6” “9” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“10” Card Jam in C/R
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“13” Motor No Rotation
“14” Card Withdrawal
“16” Card Insertion from Rear
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“40” SS Error C/R Failure of Detecting SS Code in Read Data
“41” ES Error C/R Failure of Detecting ES Code after SS Code in Read Data
“42” VRC Error Vertical Parity Error (VRC Error) Detection in Read Data (Excluding SS and
ES Codes)
“43” LRC Error Next Character of ES in Read Data Disagreement with LRC Calculation
Result.
“44” Not Encoded Not Encoded Read Magnetic Data
“45” No Data ES = Next Character of SS in Read Data, and Next Character Agreement with
LRC Calculation Result.
“46” Jitter Error (*1) Jitter Error Occurrence
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection
*1: When a jitter error (”N46”), adds the read data to it then sends the jitter error. For details, see below. .

JDG RCM RES RDT


(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (1~104bytes)

“N” “6” “9” “4” “6” <1>

Length Data
RDT Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
<1> 1~76 Card Data Magnetic Read Data in ISO #1
1~37 Card Data Magnetic Read Data in ISO #2
1~104 Card Data Magnetic Read Data in ISO #3

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• Returns the read data memorized in the C/R as a response. Does not transport the card to read the mag.
track.

Retry and Error Processing


• None

(5) Notes
• When any read command has not been received yet after taking in a card, sends a “Read No Execution
Error”(“N49”).
• When it is after writing a mag. data, returns the verify result of mag. write as a response without transporting
the card.
• When the mag. head type is not “No Head”(”0”), sends a “Command Parameter Error”(“N02”). To confirm
the mag. head type, executes the “Optional Device Information Read Command”(“N0”).

75 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.27 (6A) Magnetic Read (Magnetic Data memorized in the C/R, Multiple Tracks)

(1) Command
IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“C” “6” “A” <1>

Length Data
CMP Meaning
(Byte) (ASCII)
<1> 1 “1” ISO #1
“2” ISO #2
“3” ISO #3
“4” ISO #1 + ISO #2
“5” ISO #1 + ISO #3
“6” ISO #2 + ISO #3
“7” ISO #1 + ISO #2 + ISO #3

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES RDT
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (6~233bytes)

“P” “6” “A” See table below. <1> <2> ~ <4> <5> ~ <7> <8> ~ <10>

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position
“02” Card in C/R
“10” IC Contact Press to ICC
“11” ICC Activation Status

Length Data
RDT Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
<1> 1 “1”~”7” Specified track number by command.
<2> 0 or 2 Result of Reading ISO #1 None order: none data
<3> 0 or 2 Result of Reading ISO #2 Magnetic data normality: “00”
<4> 0 or 2 Result of Reading ISO #3 Magnetic data error: see 6.3
<5> 0 or 3 Length ISO #1 None designating: none data
<6> 0 or 3 Length ISO #2 Magnetic data normality: Magnetic Data Length
<7> 0 or 3 Length ISO #3 Magnetic data error: “000”
<8> 0~76 Card Data ISO #1 None designating: none data
<9> 0~37 Card Data ISO #2 Magnetic data normality:
<10> 0~104 Card Data ISO #3 Magnetic data error: No data

76 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “6” “A” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“10” Card Jam in C/R
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“13” Motor No Rotation
“14” Card Withdrawal
“16” Card Insertion from Rear
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“40” SS Error C/R Failure of Detecting SS Code in Read Data
“41” ES Error C/R Failure of Detecting ES Code after SS Code in Read Data
“42” VRC Error Vertical Parity Error (VRC Error) Detection in Read Data (Excluding SS and
ES Codes)
“43” LRC Error Next Character of ES in Read Data Disagreement with LRC Calculation
Result.
“44” Not Encoded Not Encoded Read Magnetic Data
“45” No Data ES = Next Character of SS in Read Data, and Next Character Agreement with
LRC Calculation Result.
“46” Jitter Error (*1) Jitter Error Occurrence
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• Returns the read result (including read errors), read data length, and read data that are memorized in the
C/R as a response. Does not transport the card to read the mag. track.
• But when any read command has not been received yet after taking in a card, returns the read data
memorized in the C/R without transporting the card.

Retry and Error Processing


• When a read error, retries reading specified times by the “Retry Counter Setting Command”(“R0”). But
when “Not Encoded Error”(“N44”), or “No Data Error”(“N45”) as a result of reading, no retry is
executed.

(5) Notes
• When any read command has not been received yet after taking in a card, sends a “Read No Execution
Error”(“N49”).
• When it is after writing a mag. data, returns the verify result of mag. write as a response without transporting
the card.
• When the mag. head type is not “No Head”(”0”), sends a “Command Parameter Error”(“N02”). To
confirm the mag. head type, executes the “Optional Device Information Read Command”(“N0”).

77 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.28 (71) Magnetic Write (ISO#1)

(1) Command
IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (1~76bytes)

“C” “7” “1” <1>

Length Data
CMP Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
<1> 1~76 Card Data Magnetic Write Data in ISO#1

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “7” “1” See table below.

RES Meaning
“02” Card in C/R

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “7” “1” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“10” Card Jam in C/R
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“13” Motor No Rotation
“14” Card Withdrawal
“16” Card Insertion from Rear
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“50” SS Error C/R Failure of Detecting SS Code in Verification after Write
“51” ES Error C/R Failure of Detecting ES Code after SS Code in Verification after Write
“52” VRC Error C/R Detection of Correct SS Code and VRC of Next Character in
Verification. C/R Detection of One of Following Characters as VRC Error
“53” LRC Error C/R Detection of Character after ES in Verification Discordance with LRC
Calculation Result
“54” Not Encoded Not Encoded Write Magnetic Data
“55” Data discordance C/R Detection of Incorrect SS, ES VRC and LRC. Wire Data Discordance
with Read Data
“56” Jitter Error Not above Write Error (“50”~”55”) More than 10 Bits = Over Permission
Value of Jitter in Read Data
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection

78 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• Writes a mag. data to the ISO#1 track of mag. card.
• Write procedure; (when retry number is 0)
1) Transports a mag. card in the C/R to front stand-by position (Only when no mag. card is at front stand-by
position).
2) Writes a mag. data to the ISO#1 track as transporting it from front stand-by position to the rear stand-by
position.
3) Verifies to check the correct write (Reads the written track as transporting it from the rear stand-by
position to front stand-by position).
4) When verify result is normal, sends a normal response. When an error, verifies to check the correct write.
(Read the written track as transporting it from front stand-by position to the rear stand-by position).
5) When verify result is normal, sends a normal response. When an error, sends a negative response.
Retry and Error Processing
• When a card is jammed in the C/R, returns the card to front or rear then retries it. When still not able to
transport the card to the purposed position, sends a “Card Jam Error” (“N10”).
• When a write error, retries the above write process the specified times by the “Retry Number Set
Command” (”R1”). But when verify read result is “No Encode”, no retry is executed.
(5) Notes
• When the mag. head type is not “Read/Write”(“2”), sends a “Command Parameter Error” (“N02”). To
confirm the mag. head type, executes the “Optional Device Information Read Command”(“N0”).

79 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.29 (72) Magnetic Write (ISO#2)

(1) Command
IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (1~37bytes)

“C” “7” “2” <1>

Length Data
CMP Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
<1> 1~37 Card Data Magnetic Write Data in ISO#2

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “7” “2” See table below.

RES Meaning
“02” Card in C/R

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “7” “2” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“10” Card Jam in C/R
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“13” Motor No Rotation
“14” Card Withdrawal
“16” Card Insertion from Rear
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“50” SS Error C/R Failure of Detecting SS Code in Verification after Write
“51” ES Error C/R Failure of Detecting ES Code after SS Code in Verification after Write
“52” VRC Error C/R Detection of Correct SS Code and VRC of Next Character in
Verification. C/R Detection of One of Following Characters as VRC Error
“53” LRC Error C/R Detection of Character after ES in Verification Discordance with LRC
Calculation Result
“54” Not Encoded Not Encoded Write Magnetic Data
“55” Data discordance C/R Detection of Incorrect SS, ES VRC and LRC. Wire Data Discordance
with Read Data
“56” Jitter Error Not above Write Error (“50”~”55”) More than 10 Bits = Over Permission
Value of Jitter in Read Data
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• Writes a mag. data to the ISO#2 track of mag. card.
80 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

• Writes procedure; (when retry number is 0)


1) Transports a mag. card in the C/R to front stand-by position (Only when no mag. card is at front stand-by
position).
2) Writes a mag. data to the ISO#2 track as transporting it from front stand-by position to the rear stand-by
position.
3) Verifies to check the correct write (Reads the written track as transporting it from the rear stand-by
position to front stand-by position).
4) When verify result is normal, sends a normal response. When an error, Verifies to check the correct
write (Read the written track as transporting it from front stand-by position to the rear stand-by position).
5) When verify result is normal, sends a normal response. When an error, sends a negative response.

Retry and Error Processing


• When a card is jammed in the C/R, returns the card to front or rear then retries it. When still not able to
transport the card to the purposed position, sends a “Card Jam Error” (“N10”).
• When a write error, retries the above write process the specified times by the “Retry Number Set
Command”(”R1”). But when verify read result is “No Encode”, no retry is executed.

(5) Notes
• When the mag. head type is not “Read/Write”(“2”), sends a “Command Parameter Error”(“N02”). To
confirm the mag. head type, executes the “Optional Device Information Read Command”(“N0”).

81 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.30 (73) Magnetic Write (ISO#3)

(1) Command
IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (1~104bytes)

“C” “7” “3” <1>

Length Data
CMP Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
<1> 1~104 Card Data Magnetic Write Data in ISO#3

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “7” “3” See table below.

RES Meaning
“02” Card in C/R

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “7” “3” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“10” Card Jam in C/R
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“13” Motor No Rotation
“14” Card Withdrawal
“16” Card Insertion from Rear
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“50” SS Error C/R Failure of Detecting SS Code in Verification after Write
“51” ES Error C/R Failure of Detecting ES Code after SS Code in Verification after Write
“52” VRC Error C/R Detection of Correct SS Code and VRC of Next Character in
Verification. C/R Detection of One of Following Characters as VRC Error
“53” LRC Error C/R Detection of Character after ES in Verification Discordance with LRC
Calculation Result
“54” Not Encoded Not Encoded Write Magnetic Data
“55” Data discordance C/R Detection of Incorrect SS, ES VRC and LRC. Wire Data Discordance
with Read Data
“56” Jitter Error Not above Write Error (“50”~”55”) More than 10 Bits = Over Permission
Value of Jitter in Read Data
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection

82 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• Writes a mag. data to the ISO#3 track of mag. card.
• Write procedure; (when retry number is 0)
1) Transports a mag. card in the C/R to front stand-by position (Only when no mag. card is at front stand-by
position).
2) Writes a mag. data to the ISO#3 track as transporting it from front stand-by position to the rear stand-by
position.
3) Verifies to check the correct write (Reads the written track as transporting it from the rear stand-by
position to front stand-by position).
4) When verify result is normal, sends a normal response. When an error, verifies to check the correct
write (Read the written track as transporting it from front stand-by position to the rear stand-by position).
5) When verify result is normal, sends a normal response. When an error, sends a negative response.

Retry and Error Processing


• When a card is jammed in the C/R, returns the card to front or rear then retries it. When still not able to
transport the card to the purposed position, sends a “Card Jam Error”(“N10”).
• When a write error, retries the above write process the specified times by the “Retry Number Set
Command”(”R1”). But when verify read result is “No Encode”, no retry is executed.

(5) Notes
• When the mag. head type is not “Read/Write”(“2”), sends a “Command Parameter Error”(“N02”). To
confirm the mag. head type, executes the “Optional Device Information Read Command”(“N0”).

83 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.31 (78) Magnetic Write (Magnetic Data Setting)

(1) Command
IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (2~105bytes)

“C” “7” “8” <1> <2>

Length Data
CMP Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
<1> 1 “1” ISO #1 WriteTrack Number
“2” ISO #2
“3” ISO #3
<2> 1-76 Card Data Magnetic Write Data in ISO#1 Magnetic Write Data
1-37 Card Data Magnetic Write Data in ISO#2
1-104 Card Data Magnetic Write Data in ISO#3

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “7” “8” See table below.

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position
“02” Card in C/R

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “7” “8” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“14” Card Withdrawal
“16” Card Insertion from Rear
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection

84 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• Sets the mag. data of track that is specified by the command parameter in the C/R memory. No mag. write
process is executed.
Retry and Error Processing
• None.

(5) Notes
• The write data set in the C/R memory is written to a mag. card by the “Multitrack Write Command”(“79”).
• When the mag. head type is not “Read/Write”(“2”), sends a “Command Parameter Error”(“N02”). To
confirm the mag. head type, executes the “Optional Device Information Read Command”(“N0”).

85 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.32 (79) Magnetic Write (Multiple Tracks)

(1) Command
IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (1~105bytes)

“C” “7” “9” <1> <2>(Omission available*1)

*1: When <2> is omitted, the C/R writes the write data set by “78” command.

Length Data
CMP Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
<1> 1 “1” ISO #1 WriteTrack Number
“2” ISO #2
“3” ISO #3
“4” [ISO #1]+ISO #2
“5” [ISO #1]+ISO #3
“6” [ISO #2]+ISO #3
“7” [ISO #1]+ISO #2+ISO #3
<2> 0-76 Card Data Magnetic Write Data in ISO#1 Magnetic Write Data
(When <1> is “1”, “4”, “5” or “7”)
0-37 Card Data Magnetic Write Data in ISO#2
(When <1> is “2” or “6”)
0-104 Card Data Magnetic Write Data in ISO#3
(When <1> is “3”)

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “7” “9” See table below.

RES Meaning
“02” Card in C/R

86 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “7” “9” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“03” The host specified the write track(s) without write data
“10” Card Jam in C/R
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“13” Motor No Rotation
“14” Card Withdrawal
“16” Card Insertion from Rear
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“50” SS Error (*1) C/R Failure of Detecting SS Code in Verification after Write
“51” ES Error (*1) C/R Failure of Detecting ES Code after SS Code in Verification after Write
“52” VRC Error (*1) C/R Detection of Correct SS Code and VRC of Next Character in
Verification. C/R Detection of One of Following Characters as VRC Error
“53” LRC Error (*1) C/R Detection of Character after ES in Verification Discordance with LRC
Calculation Result
“54” Not Encoded (*1) Not Encoded Write Magnetic Data
“55” Data discordance C/R Detection of Incorrect SS, ES VRC and LRC. Wire Data Discordance
(*1) with Read Data
“56” Jitter Error (*1) Not above Write Error (“50”~”55”). More than 10 Bits = Over Permission
Value of Jitter in Read Data
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection
*1: Sends a write error as a response when there is at least 1 write error among the tracks specified by the
command parameter. The error code shows the error state of track that has a top priority (Priority
ISO#1>ISO#2>ISO#3). The error track number is added to the error response.

JDG RCM RES RDT


(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (1byte)

“N” “7” “9” “5” “0”~”6” <1>

Length Data
RDT Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
<1> 1 “1” ISO #1 Error Track Number
“2” ISO #2
“3” ISO #3
“4” ISO #1 + ISO #2
“5” ISO #1 + ISO #3
“6” ISO #2 + ISO #3
“7” ISO #1 + ISO #2 + ISO #3

87 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• Write a mag. data to the specified track of mag. card by the command parameter.
• When the CMP<1> specifies multiple tracks and adds the mag. data, (CMP<2>), the CMP<2> shows the
mag. data of track that has a top priority (Priority ISO#1>ISO#2>ISO#3).
• When the mag. data (CMP<2>) is omitted, write to the data that is set by the “Write Data Set
Command”(”78”).
• Write procedure; (when retry number is 0)
1) Transports a mag. card in the C/R to front stand-by position (Only when no mag. card is at front stand-by
position).
2) Writes a mag. data to the specified track by the command parameter as transporting it from front
stand-by position to the rear stand-by position.
3) Verifies to check the correct write (Reads the written track as transporting it from the rear stand-by
position to front stand-by position.
4) When verify result is normal, sends a normal response. When an error, verifies to check the correct
write (Read the written track as transporting it from the front stand-by position to rear stand-by position.
5) When verify result is normal, sends a normal response. When an error, sends a negative response.

Retry and Error Processing


• When a card is jammed in the C/R, returns the card to front or rear then retries it. When still not able to
transport the card to the purposed position, sends a “Card Jam Error”(“N10”).
• When a write error, retries the above write process the specified times by the “Retry Number Set
Command”(”R1”). But when verify read result is “No Encode”, no retry is executed.

(5) Notes
• When the mag. data (CMP<2>) was omitted by the “Write Data Set Command”(”78”) in the state where
the no write data is set, sends a “Write Data No Set Error”(“03”).
• When the mag. head type is not “Read/Write”(“2”), sends a “Command Parameter Error”(“N02”). To
confirm the mag. head type, executes the “Optional Device Information Read Command”(“N0”).

88 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.33 (90) Waiting for Withdrawal

(1) Command
IDN CMD
(1byte) (2bytes)

“C” “9” “0”

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “9” “0” See table below.

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “9” “0” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“13” Motor No Rotation
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“62” Card No Withdrawal from Gate Position during Withdrawal Monitoring Time
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• Monitor a card withdrawal at the gate position.
• Returns a normal response of “No Card”(“P9000”) when a card was withdrawn within the withdrawal
monitoring time set by the “Monitoring Timer Setting Command”(“CW1”). But when a card was inserted
again during the time between card withdrawal and sending a response, sends a “P9001”.

Retry and Error Processing


• Sends a “Monitoring Time Out Error”(“N62”) when a card was not withdrawn within the withdrawal
monitoring time.

(5) Notes
• When there is no card at the time this command is received, sends a normal response of “No
Card”(“P9000”).

89 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.34 (C0) ICC Press

(1) Command
IDN CMD
(1byte) (2bytes)

“C” “C” “0”

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “C” “0” See table below.

RES Meaning
“10” IC Contact Press to ICC

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “C” “0” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“10” Card Jam in C/R
“13” Motor No Rotation
“14” Card Withdrawal from Rear
“16” Card Insertion from Rear
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“20” Too Long Card Insertion
“21” Too Short Card Insertion
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• Transports an IC card to the IC contact press position then presses the IC contact.

Retry and Error Processing


• When a card is jammed in the C/R, returns the card to front or rear then retries it. When still not able to
transport the card to the purposed position, sends a “Card Jam Error” (“N10”).
• When fails to press the IC contact, releases the IC contact once, then transports it to the IC contact press
position and presses the IC contact. If still the result is an error, sends an “IC Solenoid Error” (“N81”).

90 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.35 (C1) ICC Release

(1) Command
IDN CMD
(1byte) (2bytes)

“C” “C” “1”

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “C” “1” See table below.

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position
“02” Card in C/R

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “C” “1” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“10” Card Jam in C/R
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“13” Motor No Rotation
“14” Card Withdrawal from Rear
“16” Card Insertion from Rear
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“20” Too Long Card Insertion
“21” Too Short Card Insertion
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• Release the IC contact.

Retry and Error Processing


• When it fails to press the IC contact, presses the IC contact once, then releases it. If still the result is an error,
sends an “IC Solenoid Error”(“N81”).

91 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.36 (C2) ICC Activation

(1) Command
IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (0 or 2bytes)

“C” “C” “2” <1> <2>

Length Data (ASCII)


CMP Meaning
(Bytes) Value Default value
<1> 0-1 “0”-”7” “0” NAD (Node Address) of ICC
<2> 0-1 “0”-”7” “0” NAD of C/R
For details, see ISO/IEC 7816-3 Amd.1.

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES RDT
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (2~33bytes)

“P” “C” “2” See table below. <1> <2> <3> <4> <5>

RES Meaning
“11” ICC Activation Status

Length Data
RDT Meaning
(Bytes) (BIN)
<1> 1 00H-FFH TS Initial Character
<2> 1 00H-FFH T0 Format Character
<3> 0~31 Undefined 00H-FFH TA1~TDn Interface Character
<4> 0~15 00H-FFH T1~Tk Historical Characters
<5> 0~1 00H-FFH TCK Check Character
For details, see ISO/IEC 7816-3.

92 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “C” “2” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“20” Too Long Card Insertion
“21” Too Short Card Insertion
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection
“82” ICC Activation Failure
“87” Unsupported ATR (*1) Reception by C/R
“88” ICC Move during IC Contact Press
*1: But only when “Unsupported ATR Error”(“N87”), sends the error with the ATR information as a response.
(For details, see below)

JDG RCM RES RDT


(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (2~33bytes)

“N” “C” “2” “8” “7” <2> <3> <4> 5> <6>

Length Data
RDT Meaning
(Bytes) (BIN)
<2> 1 00H-FFH TS Initial Character
<3> 1 00H-FFH T0 Format Character
<4> 0~31 Undefined 00H-FFH TA1~TDn Interface Character
<5> 0~15 00H-FFH T1~Tk Historical Characters
<6> 0~1 00H-FFH TCK Check Character

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• Supplies an IC card with electricity and signals then activates the IC card (Cold Reset).
• Sends an ATR after receiving the ATR information.
• Sets the NAD value that is used by the T=1 protocol (Only when it is specified by the command parameter).

Retry and Error Processing


• When an unsupported ATR by the C/R has been received after the IC card activation, sends an ATR with
an ”ATR Error”(“N87”).

93 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.37 (C3) ICC Deactivation

(1) Command
IDN CMD
(1byte) (2bytes)

“C” “C” “3”

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “C” “3” See table below.

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position
“02” Card in C/R
“10” IC Contact Press to ICC

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “C” “3” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“14” Card Withdrawal from Rear
“16” Card Insertion from Rear
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection
“88” ICC Move during IC Contact Press

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• Deactivates an IC card.

Retry and Error Processing


• None

94 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

+ Activation
7.38 (C5) ICC Press+

(1) Command
IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (0 or 2bytes)

“C” “C” “5” <1> <2>

Length Data (ASCII)


CMP Meaning
(Bytes) Value Default value
<1> 0-1 “0”-”7” “0” NAD (Node Address) of ICC
<2> 0-1 “0”-”7” “0” NAD of C/R
For details, see ISO/IEC 7816-3 Amd.1.

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES RDT
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (2~33bytes)

“P” “C” “5” See table below. <1> <2> <3> <4> <5>

RES Meaning
“11” ICC Activation Status

Length Data
RDT Meaning
(Bytes) (BIN)
<1> 1 00H-FFH TS Initial Character
<2> 1 00H-FFH T0 Format Character
<3> 0~31 Undefined 00H-FFH TA1~TDn Interface Character
<4> 0~15 00H-FFH T1~Tk Historical Characters
<5> 0~1 00H-FFH TCK Check Character
For details, see ISO/IEC 7816-3.

95 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “C” “5” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“10” Card Jam in C/R
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“13” Motor No Rotation
“14” Card Withdrawal from Rear
“16” Card Insertion from Rear
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“20” Too Long Card Insertion
“21” Too Short Card Insertion
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection
“82” ICC Activation Failure
“87” Unsupported ATR (*1) Reception by C/R
“88” ICC Move during IC Contact Press
*1: But only when the “Unsupported ATR Error”(“N87”), sends the error with the ATR information as a
response. (For details, see below)

JDG RCM RES RDT


(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (2~33bytes)

“N” “C” “5” “8” “7” <2> <3> <4> 5> <6>

Length Data
RDT Meaning
(Bytes) (BIN)
<2> 1 00H-FFH TS Initial Character
<3> 1 00H-FFH T0 Format Character
<4> 0~31 Undefined 00H-FFH TA1~TDn Interface Character
<5> 0~15 00H-FFH T1~Tk Historical Characters
<6> 0~1 00H-FFH TCK Check Character

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• Transports an IC card to the IC contact press position then presses the IC contact.
• Supplies an IC card with electricity and signals then activates the IC card (Cold Reset).
• Sends an ATR after receiving the ATR information.
• Sets the NAD value that is used by the T=1 protocol (Only when it is specified by the command parameter).

Retry and Error Processing


• When a card is jammed in the C/R, returns the card to front or rear then retries it. When still not able to
transport the card to the purposed position, sends a “Card Jam Error”(“N10”).
• When the IC contact is not pressed, releases the IC contact once, then transports it to the IC contact press
position and presses the IC contact. If still the result is an error, sends an “IC Solenoid Error”(“N81”).
• In case of “Activation Error”(“N82”), releases the IC contact the indicated times by “Retry Number Set
Command”( (”R5”)), retries the process above.
• When an unsupported ATR by the C/R has been received after the IC card activation, sends an ATR with
an ”ATR Error”(“N87”).

96 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

+Release
7.39 (C6) ICC Deactivation+

(1) Command
IDN CMD
(1byte) (2bytes)

“C” “C” “6”

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “C” “6” See table below.

RES Meaning
“02” Card in C/R

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “C” “6” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“10” Card Jam in C/R
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“13” Motor No Rotation
“14” Card Withdrawal from Rear
“16” Card Insertion from Rear
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“20” Too Long Card Insertion
“21” Too Short Card Insertion
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection
“88” ICC Move during IC Contact Press

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• Turns off the electricity and signals to an IC card to deactivate the IC card.
• Releases the IC contact.

Retry and Error Processing


・ When failed to release the IC contact, releases it after pressing the IC contact. When still the result is an
error, sends an “IC Solenoid Error”(“N81”).

97 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.40 (E0) ICC Cold Reset

(1) Command
IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (1 or 3bytes)

“C” “E” “0” <1> <2> <3>

Length Data (ASCII)


CMP Meaning
(Bytes) Value Default Value
<1> 1 “0” -- C/R executes PPS automatically after ATR
receiving
“1” -- C/R doesn’t executes PPS automatically after
ATR receiving
<2> 0~1 “0”~”7” “0” NAD (Node Address) of ICC
<3> 0~1 “0”~”7” “0” NAD of C/R
For details, see ISO/IEC 7816-3 Amd.1.

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES RDT
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (3~34bytes)

“P” “E” “0” See table below. <1> <2> <3> <4> <5> <6>

RES Meaning
“11” ICC Activation Status

Length Data
RDT Meaning
(Bytes) (BIN)
<1> 1 “0” Enables to execute protocol type T=0 immediately
“1” Enables to execute protocol type T=1 immediately
“P” Needs to select protocol type by PPS Request Commands
“N” Incompletion of PPS Execution
“?” Command Parameter is “ No PPS Execution automatically
<2> 1 00H-FFH TS Initial Character
<3> 1 00H-FFH T0 Format Character
<4> 0~31 Undefined 00H-FFH TA1~TDn Interface Character
<5> 0~15 00H-FFH T1~Tk Historical Characters
<6> 0~1 00H-FFH TCK Check Character
For details, see ISO/IEC 7816-3.

98 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “E” “0” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“20” Too Long Card Insertion
“21” Too Short Card Insertion
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“80” Transmission Error Detection during PPS
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection
“82” ICC Activation Failure
“87” Unsupported ATR (*1) Reception by C/R
“88” ICC Move during IC Contact Press
*1: But only when the “Unsupported ATR Error”(“N87”), sends the error with the ATR information as a
response. (For details, see below)

JDG RCM RES RDT


(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (2~33bytes)

“N” “E” “0” “8” “7” <2> <3> <4> 5> <6>

Length Data
RDT Meaning
(Bytes) (BIN)
<2> 1 00H-FFH TS Initial Character
<3> 1 00H-FFH T0 Format Character
<4> 0~31 Undefined 00H-FFH TA1~TDn Interface Character
<5> 0~15 00H-FFH T1~Tk Historical Characters
<6> 0~1 00H-FFH TCK Check Character

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• Supplies an IC card with electricity and signals then activates the IC card (Cold Reset).
• Sends an ATR after receiving the ATR information.
• If possible, executes the PPS request (Only when it is specified by the command parameter).
• Sets the NAD value that is used by the T=1 protocol (Only when it is specified by the command parameter).

Retry and Error Processing


• In case that an unsupported ATR by the C/R has been received after the IC card activation, sends an ATR
with an ”ATR Error” (“N87”).

99 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(5) Notes
• C/R supports the following TA1 (F and D).

TA1(BIN) F D Frequency (MHz)


01H 372 1 3.5712
02H 372 2 3.5712
03H 372 4 3.5712
11H (Default) 372 1 3.5712
12H 372 2 3.5712
13H 372 4 3.5712
31H 744 1 7.1424
32H 744 2 7.1424
33H 744 4 7.1424

100 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.41 (E1) ICC Warm Reset

(1) Command
IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (1 or 3bytes)

“C” “E” “1” <1> <2> <3>

Length Data (ASCII)


CMP Meaning
(Bytes) Value Default Value
<1> 1 “0” -- C/R executes PPS automatically after ATR
receiving
“1” -- C/R doesn’t executes PPS automatically after
ATR receiving
<2> 0~1 “0”~”7” “0” NAD (Node Address) of ICC
<3> 0~1 “0”~”7” “0” NAD of C/R
For details, see ISO/IEC 7816-3 Amd.1.

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES RDT
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (3~34bytes)

“P” “E” “1” See table below. <1> <2> <3> <4> <5> <6>

RES Meaning
“11” ICC Activation Status

Length Data
RDT Meaning
(Bytes) (BIN)
<1> 1 “0” Enables to execute protocol type T=0 immediately
“1” Enables to execute protocol type T=1 immediately
“P” Needs to select protocol type by PPS Request Commands
“N” Incompletion of PPS Execution
“?” Command Parameter is “ No PPS Execution ”
<2> 1 00H-FFH TS Initial Character
<3> 1 00H-FFH T0 Format Character
<4> 0~31 Undefined 00H-FFH TA1~TDn Interface Character
<5> 0~15 00H-FFH T1~Tk Historical Characters
<6> 0~1 00H-FFH TCK Check Character
For details, see ISO/IEC 7816-3.

101 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “E” “1” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“20” Too Long Card Insertion
“21” Too Short Card Insertion
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“80” Transmission Error Detection during PPS
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection
“82” ICC Activation Failure
“87” Unsupported ATR (*1) Reception by C/R
“88” ICC Move during IC Contact Press
*1: But only when the “Unsupported ATR Error”(“N87”), sends the error with the ATR information as a
response. (For details, see below)

JDG RCM RES RDT


(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (2~33bytes)

“N” “E” “1” “8” “7” <2> <3> <4> 5> <6>

Length Data
RDT Meaning
(Bytes) (BIN)
<2> 1 00H-FFH TS Initial Character
<3> 1 00H-FFH T0 Format Character
<4> 0~31 Undefined 00H-FFH TA1~TDn Interface Character
<5> 0~15 00H-FFH T1~Tk Historical Characters
<6> 0~1 00H-FFH TCK Check Character

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• Supplies an IC card with electricity and signals then activates the IC card (Warm Reset).
• Sends an ATR after receiving the ATR information.
• If possible, executes the PPS request (Only when it is specified by the command parameter).
• Sets the NAD value that is used by the T=1 protocol (Only when it is specified by the command parameter).

Retry and Error Processing


• In case that an unsupported ATR by the C/R has been received after the IC card activation, sends an ATR
with an ”ATR Error” (“N87”).

102 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(5) Notes
• C/R supports the following TA1 (F and D).

TA1(BIN) F D Frequency (MHz)


01H 372 1 3.5712
02H 372 2 3.5712
03H 372 4 3.5712
11H (Default) 372 1 3.5712
12H 372 2 3.5712
13H 372 4 3.5712
31H 744 1 7.1424
32H 744 2 7.1424
33H 744 4 7.1424

103 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.42 (F0) ICC T=0 Transmission

(1) Command
IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (4~261bytes)

“C” “F” “0” <1> <2> <3> <4> <5> <6> <7>

Length Data
CMP Meaning
(Bytes) (BIN)
<1> 1 00H~FEH CLA Instruction Class
<2> 1 00H~FFH INS Instruction Code
<3> 1 00H~FFH P1 Instruction Parameter 1
<4> 1 00H~FFH P2 Instruction Parameter 2
<5> 0 or 1 01H~FFH Lc field Number of Byte Present in Command Data Field
<6> Variable = Lc 00H~FFH Data field String Byte sent in Command Data Field
(0~255)
<7> 0 or 1 00H~FFH Le field Maximum Number of Byte expected in Data Field of
Response to Command
For details, see ISO/ICE 7816-4. But following case 1 to case 4 of table below is able to use.

ISO/IEC 7816-4: Annex A Transportation of APDUs by T=0 Remarks


A.1 Case 1 Enable
A.2 Case 2 short Case 2S.1 Accepted Le Enable
Case 2S.2 Definitely not accepted Le Enable
Case 2S.3 Not accepted Le, specified La *1
A.3 Case 3 short Enable
A.4 Case 4 short Case 4S.1 Not accepted Command *1
Case 4S.2 Accepted Command *1
Case 4S.3 Accepted Command with Information Added *1
A.5 Case 2 Extended Disable
A.6 Case 3 Extended Disable
A.7 Case 4 Extended Disable
*1: It is enabled to use only when ICC reference standard is “EMV3.1.1”.

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES RDT
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (2~258bytes)

“P” “F” “0” See table below. <1> <2> <3>

RES Meaning
“20” Transmission to ICC Completion (With/ without Receiving Data, with SW1 + SW2)

Length Data
RDT Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
<1> 0~256 ICC Data INF ICC Data (Information Field)
<2> 1 ICC Data SW1 Status-1
<3> 1 ICC Data SW2 Status-2
For details, see ISO/IEC 7816-4.

104 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “F” “0” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection
“84” Communication Error between C/R and ICC Detection
“88” ICC Move during IC Contact Press

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• The C/R sends or receives data between the host and ICC using T=0 protocol.

Retry and Error Processing


• None

(5) Notes
• For Case 1, the host has to send data to the C/R without Lc=00. The C/R sends the command parameter
with Lc=00 to ICC. For details see ISO7816-4 Annex A.
• When a DLE EOT is received during a command execution, the command processing is aborted with the
ICC is remained activated.

105 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.43 (F1) ICC T=1 Transmission

(1) Command
(1-1) Normal Transmission (Lc< or =353 Command)
IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (4~360bytes)

“C” “F” “1” <1> <2> <3> <4> <5> <6> <7>

Data
CMP Length Meaning
(BIN)
<1> 1 00H~FEH CLA Instruction Class
<2> 1 00H~FFH INS Instruction Code
<3> 1 00H~FFH P1 Instruction Parameter 1
<4> 1 00H~FFH P2 Instruction Parameter 2
<5> 0, 1 or 3 01H~FFH Lc field Number of Byte Present in Command Data Field
<6> Variable = Lc 00H~FFH Data field String Byte sent in Command Data Field
(0~353)
<7> 0, 1 or 3 00H~FFH Le field Maximum Number of Byte expected in Data Field of
Response to Command
For details, see ISO/ICE 7816-4. But following case 1 to case 4 of table below is able to use.

(1-2)The Last Block of Continuous Transmission(Lc>353 Command)


IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (0~360bytes)

“C” “F” “1” <6>

Length Data
CMP Meaning
(Bytes) (BIN)
<6> 0~360 00H~FFH Data field String Byte sent in Command Data Field
For details, see ISO/ICE 7816-4. But following case 1 to case 4 of table below is able to use.

106 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(2) Positive Response


(2-1) Transmission Completion(RES=“20”)
JDG RCM RES RDT
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (2~320)

“P” “F “1” “2” “0” <1> <2> <3>

RES Meaning
“20 Transmission to ICC Completion (With/ without Receiving Data, with SW1 + SW2)

Length Data
RDT Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
<1> 0~318 ICC Data INF ICC Data (Information Field)
<2> 1 ICC Data SW1 Status-1
<3> 1 ICC Data SW2 Status-2
For details, see ISO/IEC 7816-4.

(2-2)Continuous Reception State(RES=“21”)


JDG RCM RES RDT
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (0~320bytes)

“P” “F “1” “2” “1” <1> <2>

RES Meaning
“21” In process C/R of Continuous Reception from ICC
(With Reception Data, without SW1 + SW2)

Length Data
RDT Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
<1> 0~320 ICC Data INF ICC Data (Information Field)
<2> 0 ~1 ICC Data SW1 Status-1
For details, see ISO/IEC 7816-4.

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “F” “1” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection
“84” Communication Error between C/R and ICC Detection
“88” ICC Move during IC Contact Press

107 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• The C/R sends or receives data between the host and ICC using T=1 protocol.

Retry and Error Processing


• None

(5) Notes
• This command should be used for transmission/reception of unchained data or for transmitting the last part
of data chained.
• When a DLE EOT is received during a command execution, the command processing is aborted with the
ICC is remained activated.

108 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.44 (F2) ICC T=1 Continuous Transmission

(1) Command
The first block of continuous transmission(Lc>353 command)
IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (4~360bytes)

“C” “F” “2” <1> <2> <3> <4> <5> <6> <7>

Length Data
CMP Meaning
(Bytes) (BIN)
<1> 1 00H~FEH CLA Instruction Class
<2> 1 00H~FFH INS Instruction Code
<3> 1 00H~FFH P1 Instruction Parameter 1
<4> 1 00H~FFH P2 Instruction Parameter 2
<5> 0, 1 or 3 01H~FFH Lc field Number of Byte Present in Command Data Field
<6> Variable = Lc 00H~FFH Data field String Byte sent in Command Data Field
(0~353)
<7> 0, 1 or 3 00H~FFH Le field Maximum Number of Byte expected in Data Field of
Response to Command
For details, see ISO/ICE 7816-4. But following case 1 to case 4 of table below is able to use.

Lc>353 Commands Except The Top And Last


IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (0~360bytes)

“C” “F” “2” <6>

Length Data
CMP Meaning
(Bytes) (BIN)
<6> 0~360 00H~FFH Data field String Byte sent in Command Data Field
For details, see ISO/ICE 7816-4. But following case 1 to case 4 of table below is able to use.

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “F” “2” “2” “2”

RES Meaning
“22” In Process C/R of Continuous Transmission to ICC
(Without Reception Data, without SW1 + SW2)

109 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “F “2” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection
“84” Communication Error between C/R and ICC Detection
“88” ICC Move during IC Contact Press

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• The C/R sends the chained data of T=1 protocol.

Retry and Error Processing


• None

(5) Notes
• This command should be used to send data after dividing when the data length to be sent to ICC is longer
than the command parameter. But the “F1” command should be used in case that data length to be sent of
the last block is within the command parameter.
• When a DLE EOT is received during a command execution, the command processing is aborted with the
ICC is remained activated.

110 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.45 (F3) ICC T=1 Continuous Reception

(1) Command
IDN CMD
(1byte) (2bytes)

“C” “F” “3”

(2) Positive Response


Transmission Completion(RES=“20”)
JDG RCM RES RDT
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (1~320bytes)

“P” “F” “3” “2” “0” <1> <2> <3>

RES Meaning
“20” Transmission to ICC Completion (With/ without Receiving Data, with SW1 + SW2)

Length Data
RDT Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
<1> 0~318 ICC Data INF ICC Data (Information Field)
<2> 0-1 ICC Data SW1 Status-1
<3> 1 ICC Data SW2 Status-2
For details, see ISO/IEC 7816-4.

Continuous Reception Status(RES=“21”)


JDG RCM RES RDT
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (320bytes)

“P” “F “3” “2” “1” <1> <2>

RES Meaning
“21” In process C/R of Continuous Reception from ICC
(With Reception Data, without SW1 + SW2)

Length Data
RDT Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
<1> 319 ICC Data INF ICC Data (Information Field)
<2> 1 ICC Data SW1 Status-1
For details, see ISO/IEC 7816-4.

111 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “F” “3” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection
“84” Communication Error between C/R and ICC Detection
“88” ICC Move during IC Contact Press

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• The C/R receives chained data of T=1 protocol.

Retry and Error Processing


• None

(5) Notes
• This command should be used for continuous data reception when the response status (RES) from the C/R
is “21”.
• When a DLE EOT is received during a command execution, the command processing is aborted with the
ICC is remained activated.

112 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.46 (F4) ICC T=1 Interruption Completion

(1) Command
IDN CMD
(1byte) (2bytes)

“C” “F” “4”

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “F” “4” “2” “3”

RES Meaning
“23” Abort Completion of SAM Transmission by Forcedly Interruption

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “F” “4” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection
“84” Communication Error between C/R and ICC Detection
“88” ICC Move during IC Contact Press

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• The C/R forcedly terminates to send or receive the data in T=1 protocol type.

Retry and Error Processing


• None

113 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.47 (F8) ICC PPS Exchange

(1) Command
IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (0~1byte)

“C” “F” “8” <1>

Length Data
CMP Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
<1> 0 or 1 “0” Selection of protocol type T=0.
“1” Selection of protocol type T=1.

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES RDT
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (1byte)

“P” “F” “8” “2” “0” <1>

RES Meaning
“20” Transmission to ICC Completion (With/ without Receiving Data, with SW1 + SW2)

Length Data
RDT Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
<1> 1 “0” Enable to execute T=0.
“1” Enable to execute T=1.
“N” Incompletion PPS Execution

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “F” “8” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection
“84” Communication Error between C/R and ICC Detection
“88” ICC Move during IC Contact Press

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• The C/R executes a PPS request between the host and ICC in order to change “F and D” or “Protocol type”.

Retry and Error Processing


• None

114 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(5) Notes
• When a DLE EOT is received during a command execution, the command processing is aborted. And the
ICC is remained activated.
• C/R supports the following TA1 (F and D).

TA1(BIN) F D Frequency (MHz)


01H 372 1 3.5712
02H 372 2 3.5712
03H 372 4 3.5712
11H (Default) 372 1 3.5712
12H 372 2 3.5712
13H 372 4 3.5712
31H 744 1 7.1424
32H 744 2 7.1424
33H 744 4 7.1424

115 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.48 (G1) ICC Press + Cold Reset

(1) Command
IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (1 or 3bytes)

“C” “G” “1” <1> <2> <3>

Length Data (ASCII)


CMP Meaning
(Bytes) Value Default Value
<1> 1 “0” -- C/R executes PPS automatically after ATR
receiving
“1” -- C/R doesn’t execute PPS automatically after ATR
receiving
<2> 0~1 “0”~”7” “0” NAD (Node Address) of ICC
<3> 0~1 “0”~”7” “0” NAD of C/R
For details, see ISO/IEC 7816-3 Amd.1.

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES RDT
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (3~34bytes)

“P” “G” “1” See table below. <1> <2> <3> <4> <5> <6>

RES Meaning
“11” ICC Activation Status

Length Data
RDT Meaning
(Bytes) (BIN)
<1> 1 “0” Enables to execute protocol type T=0 immediately
“1” Enables to execute protocol type T=1 immediately
“P” Needs to select protocol type by PPS Request Commands
“N” Incompletion of PPS Execution
“?” Command Parameter is “ No PPS Execution ”
<2> 1 00H-FFH TS Initial Character
<3> 1 00H-FFH T0 Format Character
<4> 0~31 Undefined 00H-FFH TA1~TDn Interface Character
<5> 0~15 00H-FFH T1~Tk Historical Characters
<6> 0~1 00H-FFH TCK Check Character
For details, see ISO/IEC 7816-3.

116 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “G” “1” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“10” Card Jam in C/R
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“13” Motor No Rotation
“14” Card Withdrawal from Rear
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“20” Too Long Card Insertion
“21” Too Short Card Insertion
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“80” Transmission Error Detection during PPS
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection
“82” ICC Activation Failure
“87” Unsupported ATR (*1) Reception by C/R
“88” ICC Move during IC Contact Press
*1: But only when the “Unsupported ATR Error”(“N87”), sends the error with the ATR information as a response.
(For details, see below)

JDG RCM RES RDT


(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (2~33bytes)

“N” “G” “1” “8” “7” <2> <3> <4> <5> <6>

Length Data
RDT Meaning
(Bytes) (BIN)
<2> 1 00H-FFH TS Initial Character
<3> 1 00H-FFH T0 Format Character
<4> 0~31 Undefined 00H-FFH TA1~TDn Interface Character
<5> 0~15 00H-FFH T1~Tk Historical Characters
<6> 0~1 00H-FFH TCK Check Character

117 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• Transports an IC card to the IC contact press position then presses the IC contact.
• Supplies an IC card with electricity and signals then activates the IC card. (Cold Reset)
• Sends an ATR after receiving the ATR information.
• If possible, executes the PPS request. (Only when it is specified by the command parameter)
• Sets the NAD value that is used by the T=1 protocol (Only when it is specified by the command parameter).

Retry and Error Processing


• When a card is jammed in the C/R, returns the card to front or rear then retries it. When still not able to
transport the card to the purposed position, sends a “Card Jam Error” (“N10”).
• When the IC contact is not pressed, it releases the IC contact once, then transports it to the IC contact press
position and presses the IC contact. When still the result is an error, sends an “IC Solenoid Error” (“N81”).
• When “Activation Error”(“N82”), release the IC contact the specified times by “Retry Number Set
Command”( (”R5”)), then retries the process above.
• When an unsupported ATR by the C/R is received after the IC card activation, sends an ATR with an ”ATR
Error” (“N87”).

118 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.49 (I0) Cleaning

(1) Command
IDN CMD
(1byte) (2bytes)

“C” “I” “0”

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “I” “0” See table below.

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “I” “0” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“10” Card Jam in C/R
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“13” Motor No Rotation
“14” Card Withdrawal
“16” Card Insertion from Rear
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“20” Too Long Card Insertion
“21” Too Short Card Insertion
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• Sends a card in the C/R forward/backward to clean the specified part.
• For cleaning the mag. head and photo sensor, sends a card forward/backward at front stand-by position and
rear stand-by position.
• For cleaning the IC contact, keeps the IC contact pressed and then sends a card forward/backward to
release the IC contact.

Retry and Error Processing


• When a card is jammed in the C/R, returns the card to front or rear then retries it. In case of still not able to
transport the card to the purposed position, sends a “Card Jam Error” (“N10”).

119 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.50 (J0) Local Error Log


(1) Command
IDN CMD
(1byte) (2bytes)

“C” “J” “0”

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES RDT
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (0~1000bytes)

“P” “J” “0” See table below. <1> <2> … <200>

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position
“02” Card in C/R

Length Data
RDT Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
2 RCM Received command The latest local error log
<1> 5 2 RES Error code
1 DATA Error Track Number
2 RCM Received command
<2> 5 2 RES Error code
1 DATA Error Track Number
: : : :
2 RCM Received command
<200> 5 2 RES Error code
1 DATA Error Track Number

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “J” “0” See table below.

RES Meaning
“02” Command Parameter Error
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
・ Returns the error log information 200 at maximum from the top of local error log information.
Retry and Error Processing
・ None

120 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.51 (L0) Sensor Level Read

(1) Command
IDN CMD
(1byte) (2bytes)

“C” “L” “0”

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES RDT
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (16bytes)

“P” “L” “0” See table below. <1> <2> <3> <4> <5> <6>

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position
“02” Card in C/R

Length Data
RDT Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
1 2 “00”~”33” 0.0~3.3V Sensor S1 Sensor Voltage
2 2 Spare - Extra
3 2 “00”~”33” 0.0~3.3V Sensor S2
4 2 “00”~”33” 0.0~3.3V Sensor S3
5 2 “00”~”33” 0.0~3.3V Sensor S4
6 6 Spare - Extra

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “L” “0” See table below.

RES Meaning
“02” Command Parameter Error
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• The C/R reads the voltage of the each sensor in the C/R.

Retry and Error Processing


• None

121 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.52 (M0) Life Counter Read

(1) Command
IDN CMD
(1byte) (2bytes)

“C” “M” “0”

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES RDT
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (160bytes)

“P” “M” “0” See table below. <1> <2> … <20>

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position
“02” Card in C/R

Length Data
RDT Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
<1> 8 “00000000” - “16777215” Number of passing on magnetic head
<2> 8 “00000000” - “16777215” Number of shutter open
<3> 8 “00000000” - “16777215” Number of IC contact press
<4> 8 “00000000” - “16777215” Number of ISO #1 read error occurrence
<5> 8 “00000000” - “16777215” Number of ISO #2 read error occurrence
<6> 8 “00000000” - “16777215” Number of ISO #3 read error occurrence
<7> 8 “00000000” Spare 1
<8> 8 “00000000” Spare 2
<9> 8 “00000000” - “16777215” Number of ISO #1 write error occurrence
<10> 8 “00000000” - “16777215” Number of ISO #2 write error occurrence
<11> 8 “00000000” - “16777215” Number of ISO #3 write error occurrence
<12> 8 “00000000” Spare 3
<13> 8 “00000000” - “16777215” Number of IC activation error occurrence
<14> 8 “00000000” - “16777215” Number of IC communication error
<15> 8 “00000000” - “16777215” Number of SAM activation error occurrence
<16> 8 “00000000” - “16777215” Number of SAM communication error
<17> 8 “00000000” Spare 4
<18> 8 “00000000” Spare 5
<19> 8 “00000000” Spare 6
<20> 8 “00000000” Spare 7

122 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “M” “0” See table below.

RES Meaning
“02” Command Parameter Error
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“33” Data Error in Flash Memory Detection
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• The C/R read the each life counter memorized in the RAM.

Retry and Error Processing


• None

(5) Notes
• Copy the life counter from RAM to Flash Memory after power on.
• Copy the life counter from RAM to Flash Memory during the read command whenever the card is passed on
the magnetic head 100 times
• When the power of C/R was turned off for a long time, the counter in RAM is erased. When the life counter
was erased after power-on, the C/R copies the life counter from Flash Memory to RAM.
• Returns to 0 when each maintenance information counter exceeds 16777215.

123 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.53 (M2) Reset of Life Counter

(1) Command
IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (20bytes)

“C” “M” “2” <1> <2> <3> <4> <5> <6> … <19> <20>

Length Data
CMP Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
<1> 1 “0” Not Clear Number of passing on magnetic head
“1” Clear
<2> 1 “0” Not Clear Number of shutter open
“1” Clear
<3> 1 “0” Not Clear Number of IC contact press
“1” Clear
<4> 1 “0” Not Clear Number of ISO #1 read error occurrence
“1” Clear
<5> 1 “0” Not Clear Number of ISO #2 read error occurrence
“1” Clear
<6> 1 “0” Not Clear Number of ISO #3 read error occurrence
“1” Clear
<7> 1 “0” Not Clear Spare 1
“1” Clear
<8> 1 “0” Not Clear Spare 2
“1” Clear
<9> 1 “0” Not Clear Number of ISO #1 write error occurrence
“1” Clear
<10> 1 “0” Not Clear Number of ISO #2 write error occurrence
“1” Clear
<11> 1 “0” Not Clear Number of ISO #3 write error occurrence
“1” Clear
<12> 1 “0” Not Clear Spare 3
“1” Clear
<13> 1 “0” Not Clear Number of IC activation error occurrence
“1” Clear
<14> 1 “0” Not Clear Number of IC communication error
“1” Clear
<15> 1 “0” Not Clear Number of SAM activation error occurrence
“1” Clear
<16> 1 “0” Not Clear Number of SAM communication error
“1” Clear
<17> 1 “0” Not Clear Spare 4
“1” Clear
<18> 1 “0” Not Clear Spare 5
“1” Clear
<19> 1 “0” Not Clear Spare 6
“1” Clear
<20> 1 “0” Not Clear Spare 7
“1” Clear

124 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “M” “2” See table below.

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position
“02” Card in C/R

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “M” “2” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• Resets the Life Counter that is specified by the command parameter.

Retry and Error Processing


• The C/R sends a “Sequence Error”(“N01”)” when it receives this command during insertion permission.

125 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.54 (N0) Option Read

(1) Command
IDN CMD
(1byte) (2bytes)

“C” “N” “0”

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES RDT
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (32bytes)

“P” “N” “0” See table below. <1> <2> <3> <4> … <14>

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position
“02” Card in C/R

Length Data
RDT Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
<1> 1 “0” Without shutter Presence of Shutter
“1” With shutter
<2> 1 “0” Without IC Contact Presence of IC Contact
“1” With IC Contact
<3> 1 “1” Spare Spare
<4> 1 “0” No head ISO #1 head type
“1” Read-only
“2” Read/Write
“?” No setting
<5> 1 “0” No head ISO #2 head type
“1” Read-only
“2” Read/Write
“?” No setting
<6> 1 “0” No head ISO #3 head type
“1” Read-only
“2” Read/Write
“?” No setting
<7> 2 “0” No setting Spare
<8> 2 “1” No setting Spare
<9> 1 “0” Without Hico circuit Presence of Hico circuit
“1” With Hico circuit
<10> 9 “0” Spare Spare
<11> 1 “0” Without SAM board Presence of SAM board
“2” With SAM board
<12> 1 “0” Socket is open Whether the SAM socket is open or not
“1” Socket is closed
<13> 4 “0” Spare Spare
<14> 6 “?” Spare Spare

126 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “N” “0” See table below.

RES Meaning
“02” Command Parameter Error
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“33” Data Error in Flash Memory Detection
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• The C/R reads the information of the installed options.

Retry and Error Processing


• None

127 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.55 (P0) Deactivation of Output Ports

(1) Command
IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (2~16bytes)

“C” “P” “0” <1>

Length Data
CMP Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
<1> 2~16 “01” Port No.1
“02” Port No.2
“03” Port No.3
“04” Port No.4
“05” Port No.5
“06” Port No.6
“07” Port No.7
“08” Port No.8

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “P” “0” See table below.

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position
“02” Card in C/R
“10” IC Contact Press to ICC

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “P” “0” See table below.

RES Meaning
“02” Command Parameter Error
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• The C/R deactivates of the output port(s) specified by the command parameter.

Retry and Error Processing


• None

128 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.56 (P1) Activation of Output Ports

(1) Command
IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (2~16bytes)

“C” “P” “1” <1>

Length Data
CMP Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
1 2~16 “01” Port No.1
“02” Port No.2
“03” Port No.3
“04” Port No.4
“05” Port No.5
“06” Port No.6
“07” Port No.7
“08” Port No.8

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “P” “1” See table below.

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position
“02” Card in C/R
“10” IC Contact Press to ICC

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “P” “1” See table below.

RES Meaning
“02” Command Parameter Error
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• The C/R activates of the output port(s) specified by the command parameter.

Retry and Error Processing


• None

129 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.57 (P5) Input Ports Read

(1) Command
IDN CMD
(1byte) (2bytes)

“C” “P” “5”

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES RDT
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (4bytes)

“P” “P” “5” See table below. <1> <2> <3> <4>

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position
“02” Card in C/R
“10” IC Contact Press to ICC

Length Data
CMP Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
<1> 1 “0” Deactivation Port No.1
“1” Activation
<2> 1 “0” Deactivation Port No.2
“1” Activation
<3> 1 “0” Deactivation Port No.3
“1” Activation
<4> 1 “0” Deactivation Port No.4
“1” Activation

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “P” “5” See table below.

RES Meaning
“02” Command Parameter Error
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• The C/R reads status of input ports.

Retry and Error Processing


• None

130 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.58 (Q0) Reject Number Read

(1) Command
IDN CMD
(1byte) (2bytes)

“C” “Q” “0”

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES RDT
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (3bytes)

“P” “Q” “0” See table below. <1>

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position
“02” Card in C/R
“10” IC Contact Press to ICC

Length Data
RDT Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
1 3 “000”~”999” Captured Number of Card

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “Q” “0” See table below.

RES Meaning
“02” Command Parameter Error
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“33” Data Error in Flash Memory Detection
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• The C/R reads the number of the ejected (captured) card(s) to rear.

Retry and Error Processing


• None

131 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.59 (Q1) Reset of Reject Number

(1) Command
IDN CMD
(1byte) (2bytes)

“C” “Q” “1”

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “Q” “1” See table below.

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position
“02” Card in C/R
“10” IC Contact Press to ICC

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “Q” “1” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“33” Data Error in Flash Memory Detection
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• The C/R resets the number of the ejected (captured) card(s) to rear (“000”).

Retry and Error Processing


• The C/R sends a “Sequence Error”(“N01”)” when it receives this command during insertion permission.

132 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.60 (R0) Retry Counter Setting (Read Error)

(1) Command
IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (1byte)

“C” “R” “0” <1>

Length Data (ASCII)


CMP Meaning
(Bytes) Value Default
1 1 “0”-”9” “3” Number of Retry

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “R” “0” See table below.

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R.
“01” Card at Gate Position
“02” Card in C/R

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “R” “0” See table below.

RES Meaning
“02” Command Parameter Error
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• The C/R sets the retry number when the read error occurred.

Retry and Error Processing


• None

133 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.61 (R1) Retry Counter Setting (Write Error)

(1) Command
IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (1byte)

“C” “R” “1” <1>

Length Data (ASCII)


CMP Meaning
(Bytes) Value Default
1 1 “0”-”9” “1” Number of Retry

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “R” “1” See table below.

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position
“02” Card in C/R

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “R” “1” See table below.

RES Meaning
“02” Command Parameter Error
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• The C/R sets the retry number when the write error occurred.

Retry and Error Processing


・ None

134 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.62 (R3) Retry Counter Setting (Return Error)

(1) Command
IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“C” “R” “3” <1>

Length Data (ASCII)


CMP Meaning
(Bytes) Value Default
1 2 “00”-”99” “03” Number of Retry

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “R” “3” See table below.

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position
“02” Card in C/R

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “R” “3” See table below.

RES Meaning
“02” Command Parameter Error
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• The C/R sets the retry number when it fails to return to the gate position.

Retry and Error Processing


• None

135 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.63 (V0) FW Version Read (ROM and Total FW)

(1) Command
IDN CMD
(1byte) (2bytes)

“C” “V” “0”

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES RDT
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (62bytes)

“P” “V” “0” See table below. <1> <2> … <9>

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position
“02” Card in C/R
“10” IC Contact Press to ICC
“11” ICC Activation Status
“20” Transmission with ICC Completion (With/ without Reception Data, with SW1 + SW2)

Length Data
RDT Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
<1> 12 “AAAAAAAAAAAA” FW Type in CPU ROM
<2> 2 “AA” FW Version in CPU ROM
<3> 6 “000000”~”FFFFFF” SUM Value of FW in CPU ROM
<4> 12 Spare Spare
<5> 2 Spare Spare
<6> 6 Spare Spare
<7> 12 “AAAAAAAAAAAA” Total FW Type in Flash Memory
<8> 2 “AA” Total FW Version in Flash Memory
<9> 8 “00000000”~”FFFFFFFF” SUM Value of Total FW in Flash Memory

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “V” “0” See table below.

RES Meaning
“02” Command Parameter Error
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• The C/R reads the FW information (Type, Version and Sum value) in the CPU ROM and the flash memory.

Retry and Error Processing


• None

136 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(5) Notes
• When the FW is not downloaded in the flash memory, “_” is specified in the FW type. (“_” Denotes 20H of
HEX code.)
• When the FW is not downloaded in the flash memory, “0” is specified in the SUM value.

137 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.64 (V1) FW Version Read (ICC FW)


(1) Command
IDN CMD
(1byte) (2bytes)

“C” “V” “1”

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES RDT
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (20bytes)

“P” “V” “1” See table below. <1> <2> <3>

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position
“02” Card in C/R
“10” IC Contact Press to ICC
“11” ICC Activation Status
“20” Transmission with ICC Completion (With/ without Reception Data, with SW1 + SW2)

Length Data
RDT Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
<1> 12 “AAAAAAAAAAAA” FW type in Memory
<2> 2 “AA” FW Version in Memory
<3> 6 “000000”~”FFFFFF” SUM Value in Memory

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “V” “1” See table below.

RES Meaning
“02” Command Parameter Error
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• The C/R reads the ICC FW information (Type, Version and Sum value) in the flash memory.

Retry and Error Processing


• None

(5) Notes
• When the FW is not downloaded in the flash memory, “_” is specified in the FW type. (“_” denotes 20H of
HEX code.)
• When the FW is not downloaded in the flash memory, “0” is specified in the SUM value.

138 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.65 (V2) FW Version Read (SAM FW)

(1) Command
IDN CMD
(1byte) (2bytes)

“C” “V” “2”

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES RDT
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (20bytes)

“P” “V” “2” See table below. <1> <2> <3>

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position
“02” Card in C/R
“10” IC Contact Press to ICC
“11” ICC Activation Status
“20” Transmission with ICC Completion (With/ without Reception Data, with SW1 + SW2)

Length Data
RDT Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
<1> 12 “AAAAAAAAAAAA” FW type in Memory
<2> 2 “AA” FW Version in Memory
<3> 6 “000000”~”FFFFFF” SUM Value in Memory

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “V” “2” See table below.

RES Meaning
“02” Command Parameter Error
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• The C/R reads the SAM FW information (Type, Version and Sum value) in the flash memory.

Retry and Error Processing


• None

(5) Notes
• When the FW is not downloaded in the flash memory, “_” is specified in the FW type. (“_” Denotes 20H of
HEX code.)
• When the FW is not downloaded in the flash memory, “0” is specified in the SUM value.

139 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.66 (W0) Monitoring Time Setting for In-take

(1) Command
IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“C” “W” “0” <1>

Length Data (ASCII)


CMP Meaning
(Bytes) Value Unit Default
<1> 2 “00”-”99” Seconds “30” Monitoring Time (“00”: Waits infinitely)

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “W” “0” See table below.

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position
“02” Card in C/R

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “W” “0” See table below.

RES Meaning
“02” Command Parameter Error
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• The C/R sets the monitoring time until the Card Inserted from front or rear.

Retry and Error Processing


• None

(5) Notes
• This command relates to the intake commands (“20”,”21”, “22”, “23” and “24”).

140 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.67 (W1) Monitoring Time Setting for Withdrawal

(1) Command
IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“C” “W” “1” <1>

Length Data (ASCII)


CMP Meaning
(Bytes) Value Unit Default
<1> 2 “00”-”99” Seconds “30” Monitoring Time (“00”: Waits infinitely)

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “W” “1” See table below.

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position
“02” Card in C/R

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “W” “1” See table below.

RES Meaning
“02” Command Parameter Error
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• The C/R sets the monitoring time until the card is withdrawn form the gate position.

Retry and Error Processing


• None

(5) Notes
• This command relates to the waiting for removal commands (“90”).

141 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.68 (W2) Monitoring Time Setting for Re-intake

(1) Command
IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“C” “W” “2” <1>

Length Data (ASCII)


CMP Meaning
(Bytes) Value Unit Default
<1> 2 “00”-”99” Seconds “10” Monitoring Time (“00”: Waits infinitely)

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “W” “2” See table below.

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position
“02” Card in C/R

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “W” “2” See table below.

RES Meaning
“02” Command Parameter Error
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• The C/R sets the monitoring time until the card is re-intaked to the rear.

Retry and Error Processing


• None

(5) Notes
• This command relates to the re-intake commands (“40”,”41” and “42”).

142 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.69 (Y0) ICC Control Information Read

(1) Command
IDN CMD
(1byte) (2bytes)

“C” “Y” “0”

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES RDT
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (16bytes)

“P” “Y” “0” See table below. <1> <2> <3> <4> <5> <6>

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position
“02” Card in C/R

Length Data
RDT Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
<1> 2 “??” Not selected
“00” ISO 7816-3 (Default)
“05” Europay (EMV3.1.1) / New CB
<2> 2 “06” - “99” Seconds (Default =”10”(10sec)) Timer value of waiting for
reception from ICC
<3> 1 “0” Automatic IFSD Request (Default)
“1” No IFSD Request
<4> 1 “0” TCK Check (Default)
“1” No TCK Check
<5> 1 “0” From high voltage level (5V->3V) (Default) ICC activation voltage level
“1” From low voltage level (3V->5V)
“2” 5V only
“3” 3V only
<6> 9 “0” Spare

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “Y” “0” See table below.

RES Meaning
“02” Command Parameter Error
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“33” Data Error in Flash Memory Detection
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection

143 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• Reads the control information for handling ICC or the SAM.

Retry and Error Processing


• None

144 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.70 (Y1) ICC/SAM Control Information (ICC/SAM Mode Setting)

(1) Command
IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytres)

“C” “Y” “1” <1>

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “Y” “1” See table below.

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position
“02” Card in C/R

Length Data
CMP Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
<1> 2 “00” ISO7816 (Default)
“05” Europay (EMV3.1.1) / New CB

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “Y” “1” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“33” Data Error in Flash Memory Detection
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“72” Partial FW Error In Flash Memory Detection

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• The C/R sets ICC/SAM control mode for handling ICC or the SAM.

Retry and Error Processing


• The C/R sends a “Sequence Error”(“N01”) when it receives this command during insertion permission.
• The C/R sends a “Sequence Error”(“N01”) when it receives this command during ICC activation.

145 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.71 (Y2) ICC Control Information (Timer value of Waiting for reception from ICC)

(1) Command
IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“C” “Y” “2” <1>

Length Data
CMP Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
1 2 “06” - “99” Seconds (Default =”10”(10sec))

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “Y” “2” See table below.

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position
“02” Card in C/R

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “Y” “2” See table below.

RES Meaning
“02” Command Parameter Error
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“33” Data Error in Flash Memory Detection
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• The C/R sets the monitoring time for waiting for reception from ICC or the SAM.

Retry and Error Processing


• When this command is received during insertion permission, the C/R sends a “Sequence Error”(“N01”).
• When this command is received during ICC activation, the C/R sends a “Sequence Error”(“N01”).

146 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.72 (Y3) ICC Control Information (IFSD Control Method)

(1) Command
IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (1byte)

“C” “Y” “3” <1>

Length Data
CMP Meaning
(Byte) (ASCII)
<1> 1 “0” Automatic IFSD Request (Default)
“1” No IFSD Request

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “Y” “3” See table below.

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position
“02” Card in C/R

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “Y” “3” See table below.

RES Meaning
“02” Command Parameter Error
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“33” Data Error in Flash Memory Detection
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• The C/R sets the IFSD control method when it sends the data to ICC or the SAM using T=1 protocol.

Retry and Error Processing


• When this command is received during insertion permission, the C/R sends a “Sequence Error”(“N01”).
• When this command is received during ICC activation, the C/R sends a “Sequence Error”(“N01”).

147 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.73 (Y4) ICC Control Information (TCK Control Method)

(1) Command
IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (1byte)

“C” “Y” “4” <1>

Length Data
CMP Meaning
(Byte) (ASCII)
<1> 1 “0” TCK Checks (Default)
“1” No TCK Check

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “Y” “4” See table below.

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position
“02” Card in C/R

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “Y” “4” See table below.

RES Meaning
“02” Command Parameter Error
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“33” Data Error in Flash Memory Detection
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• The C/R sets the TCK control method when it activates ICC or the SAM.

Retry and Error Processing


• The C/R sends a “Sequence Error”(“N01”) when it receives this command during insertion permission.
• The C/R sends a “Sequence Error”(“N01”) when it receives this command during ICC activation.

148 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.74 (Y5) ICC Control Information Supply (Voltage Level Set)

(1) Command
IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (1byte)

“C” “Y” “5” <1>

Length Data
CMP Meaning
(Byte) (ASCII)
<1> 1 “0” Activate ICC from high voltage level. (5V -> 3V) (Default)
“1” Activate ICC from low voltage level. (3V -> 5V)
“2” Activate ICC with 5V only.
“3” Activate ICC with 3V only.

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “Y” “5” See table below.

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position
“02” Card in C/R

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “Y” “5” See table below.

RES Meaning
“02” Command Parameter Error
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“33” Data Error in Flash Memory Detection
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• The C/R sets the ICC supply voltage during activation.

Retry and Error Processing


• The C/R sends a “Sequence Error”(“N01”) when it receives this command during insertion permission.
• The C/R sends a “Sequence Error”(“N01”) when it receives this command during ICC activation.

(5) Notes
• This command is effective only when ICC mode is ISO7816-3 (mode0). In other standards, only 5V enables
activation.

149 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.75 (d0) DL Start


(1) Command
IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (26~226bytes)

“C” “d” “0” <1> <2> <3> <4> <5>

Length Data
CMP Meaning
(Byte) (ASCII)
<1> 4 ”2054” One Block Size of Download Firmware
<2> 4 “0001”~”9999” Total Block Number of Download Firmware
<3> 16 Variable Download Identification Information
<4> 2 “00”~”10” Downloadable CPU Number (N)
<5> N X 10 12 Variable CPU Type Information for CPU No.1
(0~200) 2 Variable CPU Version
6 Variable CPU SUM Value
12 Variable CPU Type Information for CPU No.2
2 Variable CPU Version
6 Variable CPU SUM Value
: : : :
12 Variable CPU Type Information for CPU No.N
2 Variable CPU Version
6 Variable CPU SUM Value

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “d” “0” See table below.

RES Meaning
“30” In Downloading

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “d” “0” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
・ Confirms if the firmware is downloadable.
・ Determines the method for download (Standard FW Download or Partial FW Download).}
・ Deletes the data in the area that is necessary for downloading flash memory.
Retry and Error Processing
・ None

150 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.76 (d1) DL Transmission


(1) Command
IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (2054bytes)

“C” “d” “1”

Length Data
CMP Meaning
(Byte) (BIN)
<1> 2 0000H~FFFFH Block Number of Download Firmware
<2> 4 Variable Start Address of Download Firmware
<3> 2044 Variable Data of Download Firmware
<4> 4 Variable SUM Value of Data

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “d” “1” See table below.

RES Meaning
“30” In Downloading.

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “d” “1” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
・ Stores the download firmware data into flash memory.
Retry and Error Processing
・ None

151 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.77 (d2) DL Completion


(1) Command
IDN CMD
(1byte) (2bytes)

“C” “d” “2”

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES RDT
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (20 or 22bytes)

“P” “d” “2” See table below. <1> <2> <3>

RES Meaning
“31” Normal Completion of Downloading, Status of Initial Reset Waiting.

Length Data
RDT Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
<1> 12 “AAAAAAAAAAAA” FW type in Flash Memory
<2> 2 “AA” FW Version in Flash Memory
<3> 6 “000000”~”FFFFFF” SUM Value in Subset FW
8 “00000000”~”FFFFFFFF” SUM Value in Total FW

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “d” “2” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• Completes writing to the flash memory and confirms if the writing was normal. Sends a “DL Completion
Response”(“31”).
• Turns off the DTR signal and the new program downloaded in the flash memory runs.
• Turns on the DTR signal and waits for an “Initial Reset Command”.
Retry and Error Processing
• None

(5) Notes
• The host has to send an “Initial Reset Command” after turning on the DTR signal if it receives a “DL
Completion Response”(“31”) to the “DL Preparation”(“d2”).

152 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.78 (d3) DL Preparation


(1) Command
IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (22bytes)

“C” “d” “3” <1> <2> <3>

Length Data
CMP Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
1 12 “AAAAAAAAAAA” FW type in Flash Memory
2 2 “AA” FW Version in Flash Memory
3 8 “00000000” ~ “FFFFFFFF” FW SUM Value in Flash Memory

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “d” “3” See table below.

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “d” “3” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• Copies the program relating DL into RAM.
• Sends a normal response and turns the DTR signal off.
• Runs the program in RAM and turns the DTR signal on.
• Has the C/R be downloadable and waits for the “DL Start Command”(“d0”).
Retry and Error Processing
• None

(5) Notes
• The program in RAM runs until DL completion.
• The host should send a “DL Start Command”(“d0”) after turning on the DTR signal if it receives a normal
response to the “DL Preparation”(“d3”).

153 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.79 (e0) SAM Status Sense

(1) Command
IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (1byte)

“C” “e” “0” <1>

Length Data
CMP Meaning
(Byte) (BIN)
<1> 1 “1” SAM Number (Fixed)

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES SAM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “e” “0” See table below. See table below.

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position
“02” Card in C/R
“10” IC Contact Press to ICC
“11” ICC Activation Status
“20” Transmission with ICC Completion (With/ without Reception Data, with SW1 + SW2)

SAM RES Meaning


“40” SAM Presence (in the Deactivation Status)
“41” Activation Status SAM
“50” Transmission to SAM Completion (with/without Receiving Data, with SW1+SW2)
“51” Continuous Reception Status from SAM (with Receiving Data, without SW1+SW2)
“52” Continuous sending Status to SAM (without Receiving Data, without SW1+SW2)
“53” Abort Completion of SAM Transmission by Forcedly Interruption.

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “e” “0” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• The C/R reads SAM status.

Retry and Error Processing


• None

154 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.80 (e1) SAM Activation

(1) Command
IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (0 or 2bytes)

“C” “e” “1” <1> <2> <3> <4>

Length Data (ASCII)


CMP Meaning
(Bytes) Value Default Value
<3> 0~1 “0”~”7” “0” NAD (Node Address) of SAM
<4> 0~1 “0”~”7” “0” NAD of C/R
For details, see ISO/IEC 7816-3 Amd.1.

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES SAM RES RDT
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (2bytes) (2~33bytes)

“P” “e” “1” See table below. “4” “1” <1> <2> ~ <4> <5>

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position
“02” Card in C/R
“10” IC Contact Press to ICC
“11” ICC Activation Status
“20” Transmission with ICC Completion (With/ without Reception Data, with SW1 + SW2)

SAM RES Meaning


“41” Activation Status SAM

Length Data
RDT Meaning
(Bytes) (BIN)
<1> 1 00H-FFH TS Initial Character
<2> 1 00H-FFH T0 Format Character
<3> 0~31 Undefined 00H-FFH TA1~TDn Interface Character
<4> 0~15 00H-FFH T1~Tk Historical Characters
<5> 0~1 00H-FFH TCK Check Character
For details, see ISO/IEC 7816-3.

155 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “e” “1” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection
“A0” Transmission Error Detection during PPS
“A2” ICC Activation Failure
“A7” Unsupported ATR (*1) Reception by C/R
*1: But only when the “Unsupported ATR Error”(“A7”), sends the error with the ATR information as a
response. (For details, see below)

JDG RCM RES RDT


(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (2~33bytes)

“N” “e” “1” “A” “7” <2> <3> <4> 5> <6>

Length Data
RDT Meaning
(Bytes) (BIN)
<2> 1 00H-FFH TS Initial Character
<3> 1 00H-FFH T0 Format Character
<4> 0~31 Undefined 00H-FFH TA1~TDn Interface Character
<5> 0~15 00H-FFH T1~Tk Historical Characters
<6> 0~1 00H-FFH TCK Check Character

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• Activates the SAM (Cold Reset).
• Sends an ATR after receiving the ATR information.
• Specifies the NAD value that is used for T=1 protocol (Only when specified by the command parameter).

Retry and Error Processing


• When the C/R got to activate the SAM but received an unsupported ATR, sends an “Unsupported ATR
Error”(“NA7”) with the ATR.

(5) Notes
• C/R supports the following TA1 (F and D).

TA1(BIN) F D Frequency (MHz)


01H 372 1 3.5712
02H 372 2 3.5712
03H 372 4 3.5712
11H (Default) 372 1 3.5712
12H 372 2 3.5712
13H 372 4 3.5712
31H 744 1 7.1424
32H 744 2 7.1424
33H 744 4 7.1424

156 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

157 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.81 (e2) SAM Deactivation

(1) Command
IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (1byte)

“C” “e” “2” <1>

Length Data
CMP Meaning
(Byte) (BIN)
<1> 1 “1” SAM Number (Fixed)

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES SAM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “e” “2” See table below. “4” “0”

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position
“02” Card in C/R
“10” IC Contact Press to ICC
“11” ICC Activation Status
“20” Transmission with ICC Completion (With/ without Reception Data, with SW1 + SW2)

SAM RES Meaning


“40” SAM Presence (in the Deactivation Status)

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “e” “2” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• Deactivates the SAM.

Retry and Error Processing


• None

158 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.82 (e3) SAM Cold Reset

(1) Command
IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (2 or 4bytes)

“C” “e” “3” <1> <2> <3> <4>

Length Data (ASCII)


CMP Meaning
(Bytes) Value Default Value
<1> 1 “1” -- SAM Number
1 “0” -- C/R executes PPS automatically after ATR
<2> receiving
“1” -- C/R doesn’t executes PPS automatically after
ATR receiving
<3> 0~1 “0”~”7” “0” NAD (Node Address) of SAM
<4> 0~1 “0”~”7” “0” NAD of C/R
For details, see ISO/IEC 7816-3 Amd.1.

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES SAM RES RDT
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (2bytes) (3~34bytes)

“P” “e” “3” See table below. “4” “1” <1> <2> ~ <5> <6>

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position
“02” Card in C/R
“10” IC Contact Press to ICC
“11” ICC Activation Status
“20” Transmission with ICC Completion (With/ without Reception Data, with SW1 + SW2)

SAM RES Meaning


“41” Activation Status SAM

Length Data
RDT Meaning
(Bytes) (BIN)
<1> 1 “0” Enables to execute protocol type T=0 immediately
“1” Enables to execute protocol type T=1 immediately
“P” Needs to select protocol type by PPS Request Commands
“N” Incompletion of PPS Execution
“?” Command Parameter is “ No PPS Execution automatically
<2> 1 00H-FFH TS Initial Character
<3> 1 00H-FFH T0 Format Character
<4> 0~31 Undefined 00H-FFH TA1~TDn Interface Character
<5> 0~15 00H-FFH T1~Tk Historical Characters
<6> 0~1 00H-FFH TCK Check Character
For details, see ISO/IEC 7816-3.

159 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “e” “3” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection
“A0” Transmission Error Detection during PPS
“A2” ICC Activation Failure
“A7” Unsupported ATR (*1) Reception by C/R
*1: But only when the “Unsupported ATR Error”(“A7”), sends the error with the ATR information as a
response. (For details, see below)

JDG RCM RES RDT


(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (2~33bytes)

“N” “e” “3” “A” “7” <2> <3> <4> 5> <6>

Length Data
RDT Meaning
(Bytes) (BIN)
<2> 1 00H-FFH TS Initial Character
<3> 1 00H-FFH T0 Format Character
<4> 0~31 Undefined 00H-FFH TA1~TDn Interface Character
<5> 0~15 00H-FFH T1~Tk Historical Characters
<6> 0~1 00H-FFH TCK Check Character

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• Activates the SAM (Cold Reset).
• Sends an ATR after receiving the ATR information.
• If possible, executes the PPS request (Only when specified by the command parameter).
• Specifies the NAD value that is used for T=1 protocol (Only when specified by the command parameter).

Retry and Error Processing


• When the C/R got to activate the SAM but received an unsupported ATR, sends an “Unsupported ATR
Error”(“NA7”) with the ATR.

(5) Notes
• C/R supports the following TA1 (F and D).

TA1(BIN) F D Frequency (MHz)


01H 372 1 3.5712
02H 372 2 3.5712
03H 372 4 3.5712
11H (Default) 372 1 3.5712
12H 372 2 3.5712
13H 372 4 3.5712
31H 744 1 7.1424
32H 744 2 7.1424
33H 744 4 7.1424
160 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.83 (e4) ICC Warm Reset

(1) Command
IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (2 or 4bytes)

“C” “e” “4” <1> <2> <3> <4>

Length Data (ASCII)


CMP Meaning
(Bytes) Value Default Value
<1> 1 “1” -- SAM Number
1 “0” -- C/R executes PPS automatically after ATR
<2> receiving
“1” -- C/R doesn’t executes PPS automatically after
ATR receiving
<3> 0~1 “0”~”7” “0” NAD (Node Address) of the SAM
<4> 0~1 “0”~”7” “0” NAD of C/R
For details, see ISO/IEC 7816-3 Amd.1.

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES SAM RES RDT
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (2bytes) (3~34bytes)

“P” “e” “4” See table below. “4” “1” <1> <2> ~ <5> <6>

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position
“02” Card in C/R
“10” IC Contact Press to ICC
“11” ICC Activation Status
“20” Transmission with ICC Completion (With/ without Reception Data, with SW1 + SW2)

SAM RES Meaning


“41” Activation Status SAM

Length Data
RDT Meaning
(Bytes) (BIN)
<1> 1 “0” Enables to execute protocol type T=0 immediately.
“1” Enables to execute protocol type T=1 immediately.
“P” Needs to select protocol type by PPS Request Commands.
“N” Incompletion of PPS Execution
“?” Command Parameter is “ No PPS Execution automatically.
<2> 1 00H-FFH TS Initial Character
<3> 1 00H-FFH T0 Format Character
<4> 0~31 Undefined 00H-FFH TA1~TDn Interface Character
<5> 0~15 00H-FFH T1~Tk Historical Characters
<6> 0~1 00H-FFH TCK Check Character
For details, see ISO/IEC 7816-3.

161 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “e” “4” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection
“A0” Transmission Error Detection during PPS
“A2” ICC Activation Failure
“A7” Unsupported ATR (*1) Reception by C/R
*1: But only when the “Unsupported ATR Error”(“A7”), sends the error with the ATR information as a
response. (For details, see below)

JDG RCM RES RDT


(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (2~33bytes)

“N” “e” “4” “A” “7” <2> <3> <4> 5> <6>

Length Data
RDT Meaning
(Bytes) (BIN)
<2> 1 00H-FFH TS Initial Character
<3> 1 00H-FFH T0 Format Character
<4> 0~31 Undefined 00H-FFH TA1~TDn Interface Character
<5> 0~15 00H-FFH T1~Tk Historical Characters
<6> 0~1 00H-FFH TCK Check Character

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• Activates the SAM (Warm Reset).
• Sends an ATR after receiving the ATR information.
• If possible, executes the PPS request (Only when it is specified by the command parameter).
• Sets the NAD value that is used by the T=1 protocol (Only when it is specified by the command parameter).

Retry and Error Processing


• When an unsupported ATR by the C/R is received after the IC card activation, sends an ATR with an ”ATR
Error”(“N87”).

(5) Notes
• C/R supports the following TA1 (F and D).

TA1(BIN) F D Frequency (MHz)


01H 372 1 3.5712
02H 372 2 3.5712
03H 372 4 3.5712
11H (Default) 372 1 3.5712
12H 372 2 3.5712
13H 372 4 3.5712
31H 744 1 7.1424
32H 744 2 7.1424
33H 744 4 7.1424
162 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.84 (f0) SAM T=0 Transmission

(1) Command
IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (5~262bytes)

“C” “f” “0” <1> <2> <3> <4> <5> <6> <7> <8>

Length Data
CMP Meaning
(Bytes) (BIN)
<1> 1 “1” SAM Number (Fixed)
<2> 1 00H~FEH CLA Instruction Class
<3> 1 00H~FFH INS Instruction Code
<4> 1 00H~FFH P1 Instruction Parameter 1
<5> 1 00H~FFH P2 Instruction Parameter 2
<6> 0 or 1 01H~FFH Lc field Number of Byte Present in Command Data Field
<7> Variable = Lc 00H~FFH Data field String Byte sent in Command Data Field
(0~255)
<8> 0 or 1 00H~FFH Le field Maximum Number of Byte expected in Data Field of
Response to Command
For details, see ISO/ICE 7816-4. But following case 1 to case 4 of table below is able to use.

ISO/IEC 7816-4: Annex A Transportation of APDUs by T=0 Remarks


A.1 Case 1 Enable
A.2 Case 2 short Case 2S.1 Accepted Le Enable
Case 2S.2 Definitely not accepted Le Enable
Case 2S.3 Not accepted Le, specified La *1
A.3 Case 3 short Enable
A.4 Case 4 short Case 4S.1 Not accepted Command *1
Case 4S.2 Accepted Command *1
Case 4S.3 Accepted Command with Information Added *1
A.5 Case 2 Extended Disable
A.6 Case 3 Extended Disable
A.7 Case 4 Extended Disable
*1: It is enabled to use only when ICC reference standard is “EMV3.1.1”.

163 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES SAM RES RDT
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (2bytes) (2~258bytes)

“P” “f” “0” See table below. “5” “0” <1> <2> <3>

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position
“02” Card in C/R
“10” IC Contact Press to ICC
“11” ICC Activation Status
“20” Transmission with ICC Completion (With/ without Reception Data, with SW1 + SW2)

SAM RES Meaning


“50” Transmission to SAM Completion (With/ without Receiving Data, with SW1 + SW2)

Length Data
RDT Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
<1> 0~256 ICC Data INF ICC Data (Information Field)
<2> 1 ICC Data SW1 Status-1
<3> 1 ICC Data SW2 Status-2
For details, see ISO/IEC 7816-4.

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “f” “0” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection
“A4” Communication Error between C/R and SAM Detection

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• The C/R sends or receives data between the host and the SAM using T=0 protocol.

Retry and Error Processing


• None

(5) Notes
• For Case 1, the host has to send data to the C/R without Lc=00. The C/R sends the command parameter
with Lc=00 to the SAM. For details see ISO7816-4 Annex A.
• When a DLE EOT is received during a command execution, the command processing is aborted with the
SAM is remained activated.

164 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.85 (f1) SAM T=1 Transmission

(1) Command
(1-1) When Normal Transmission
IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (5~361bytes)

“C” “f” “1” <1> <2> <3> <4> <5> <6> <7> <8>

Length Data
CMP Meaning
(Bytes) (BIN)
<1> 1 “1” SAM Number (Fixed)
<2> 1 00H~FEH CLA Instruction Class
<3> 1 00H~FFH INS Instruction Code
<4> 1 00H~FFH P1 Instruction Parameter 1
<5> 1 00H~FFH P2 Instruction Parameter 2
<6> 0, 1 or 3 01H~FFH Lc field Number of Byte Present in Command Data Field
<7> Variable = Lc 00H~FFH Data field String Byte sent in Command Data Field
(0~353)
<8> 0, 1 or 3 00H~FFH Le field Maximum Number of Byte expected in Data Field of
Response to Command
For details, see ISO/ICE 7816-4. But following case 1 to case 4 of table below is able to use.

(1-2)The last block when continuous transmission


IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (1~361bytes)

“C” “f” “1” <1> <7>

Data
CMP Length Meaning
(BIN)
<1> 1 “1” SAM Number (Fixed)
<7> 0~360 00H~FFH Data field String Byte sent in Command Data Field
For details, see ISO/ICE 7816-4. But following case 1 to case 4 of table below is able to use.

165 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(2) Positive Response


(2-1)Transmission Completion(RES=“20”)
JDG RCM RES SAM RES RDT
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (2bytes) (2~320)

“P” “f” “1” See table below. “5” “0” <1> <2> <3>

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position
“02” Card in C/R
“10” IC Contact Press to ICC
“11” ICC Activation Status
“20” Transmission with ICC Completion (With/ without Reception Data, with SW1 + SW2)

SAM RES Meaning


“50” Transmission to SAM Completion (With/ without Receiving Data, with SW1 + SW2)

Length Data
RDT Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
<1> 0~318 ICC Data INF SAM Data (Information Field)
<2> 1 ICC Data SW1 Status-1
<3> 1 ICC Data SW2 Status-2
For details, see ISO/IEC 7816-4.

(2-2)Continuous Reception State (RES=“21”)


JDG RCM RES SAM RES RDT
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (2bytes) (0~320bytes)

“P” “f” “1” See table below. “5” “1” <1> <2>

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position
“02” Card in C/R
“10” IC Contact Press to ICC
“11” ICC Activation Status
“20” Transmission with ICC Completion (With/ without Reception Data, with SW1 + SW2)

SAM RES Meaning


“51” The C/R is in process of continuous reception from SAM
(With Reception Data, without SW1 + SW2)

Length Data
RDT Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
<1> 0~320 ICC Data INF SAM Data (Information Field)
<2> 0 ~1 ICC Data SW1 Status-1
For details, see ISO/IEC 7816-4.

166 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “f” “1” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection
“A4” Communication Error between C/R and SAM Detection

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• The C/R sends or receives data between the host and the SAM using T=1 protocol.

Retry and Error Processing


• None

(5) Notes
• This command should be used for transmission/reception of unchained data or for transmitting the last part
of data chained.
• When a DLE EOT is received during a command execution, the command processing is aborted with the
SAM is remained activated.

167 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.86 (f2) SAM T=1 Continuous Transmission


(1) Command
The first block when continuous transmission
IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (5~361bytes)

“C” “f” “2” <1> <2> <3> <4> <5> <6> <7> <8>

Length Data
CMP Meaning
(Bytes) (BIN)
<1> 1 “1” SAM Number (Fixed)
<2> 1 00H~FEH CLA Instruction Class
<3> 1 00H~FFH INS Instruction Code
<4> 1 00H~FFH P1 Instruction Parameter 1
<5> 1 00H~FFH P2 Instruction Parameter 2
<6> 0, 1 or 3 01H~FFH Lc field Number of Byte Present in Command Data Field
<7> Variable = Lc 00H~FFH Data field String Byte sent in Command Data Field
(0~353)
<8> 0, 1 or 3 00H~FFH Le field Maximum Number of Byte expected in Data Field of
Response to Command
For details, see ISO/ICE 7816-4. But following case 1 to case 4 of table below is able to use.

Block except the top and last when continuous transmission


IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (1~361bytes)

“C” “f” “2” <6>

Length Data
CMP Meaning
(Bytes) (BIN)
<1> 1 “1” SAM Number (Fixed)
<7> 0~360 00H~FFH Data field String Byte sent in Command Data Field
For details, see ISO/ICE 7816-4. But following case 1 to case 4 of table below is able to use.

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES SAM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “f” “2” See table below. “5” “2”

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position
“02” Card in C/R
“10” IC Contact Press to ICC
“11” ICC Activation Status
“20” Transmission with ICC Completion (With/ without Reception Data, with SW1 + SW2)

SAM RES Meaning


“52” In Process C/R of Continuous Transmission to SAM
(Without Reception Data, without SW1 + SW2)

168 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “f” “2” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection
“A4” Communication Error between C/R and SAM Detection

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• The C/R sends the chained data of T=1 protocol.

Retry and Error Processing


• None

(5) Notes
• This command should be used to send data after dividing when the data length to be sent to the SAM is
longer than the command parameter. But the “f1” command should be used in case that data length to be
sent of the last block is within the command parameter.
• When a DLE EOT is received during a command execution, the command processing is aborted with the
SAM is remained activated.

169 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.87 (f3) SAM T=1 Continuous Reception

(1) Command
IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (1byte)

“C” “f” “3” <1>

Length Data
CMP Meaning
(Byte) (BIN)
<1> 1 “1” SAM Number (Fixed)

(2) Positive Response


Transmission Completion(RES=“50”)
JDG RCM RES SAM RES RDT
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (2bytes) (1~320bytes)

“P” “f” “3” See table below. “5” “0” <1> <2> <3>

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position
“02” Card in C/R
“10” IC Contact Press to ICC
“11” ICC Activation Status
“20” Transmission with ICC Completion (With/ without Reception Data, with SW1 + SW2)

SAM RES Meaning


“50” Transmission to SAM Completion (With/ without Receiving Data, with SW1 + SW2)

Length Data
RDT Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
<1> 0~318 ICC Data INF ICC Data (Information Field)
<2> 0~1 ICC Data SW1 Status-1
<3> 1 ICC Data SW2 Status-2
For details, see ISO/IEC 7816-4.

170 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

Continuous Reception State(RES=“51”)


JDG RCM RES SAM RES RDT
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (2bytes) (320bytes)

“P” “f” “3” See table below. “5” “1” <1> <2>

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position
“02” Card in C/R
“10” IC Contact Press to ICC
“11” ICC Activation Status
“20” Transmission with ICC Completion (With/ without Reception Data, with SW1 + SW2)

SAM RES Meaning


“51” The C/R is in process of continuous reception from SAM
(With Reception Data, without SW1 + SW2)

Length Data
RDT Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
<1> 319~320 SAM Data INF ICC Data (Information Field)
<2> 0~1 SAM Data SW1 Status-1
For details, see ISO/IEC 7816-4.

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “f” “3” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection
“A4” Communication Error between C/R and SAM Detection

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• The C/R receives chained data of T=1 protocol.

Retry and Error Processing


• None

(5) Notes
• This command should be used for continuous data reception when the response status (RES) from the C/R
is “21”.
• When a DLE EOT is received during a command execution, the command processing is aborted with the
SAM is remained activated.

171 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.88 (f4) SAM T=1 Interruption Completion

(1) Command
IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (1byte)

“C” “f” “4” <1>

Length Data
CMP Meaning
(Byte) (BIN)
<1> 1 “1” SAM Number (Fixed)

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “f” “4” See table below. “2” “3”

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position
“02” Card in C/R
“10” IC Contact Press to ICC
“11” ICC Activation Status
“20” Transmission with ICC Completion (With/ without Reception Data, with SW1 + SW2)

RES Meaning
“53” Abort Completion of SAM Transmission by Forcedly Interruption

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “f” “4” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection
“A4” Communication Error between C/R and SAM Detection

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• The C/R forcedly terminates to send or receive the data in T=1 protocol type.

Retry and Error Processing


• None

172 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.89 (f8) SAM PPS Request

(1) Command
IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (1~2byte)

“C” “f” “8” <1> <2>

Length Data
CMP Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
<1> 1 “1” SAM Number (Fixed)
<2> 0 or 1 “0” Selection of protocol type T=0
“1” Selection of protocol type T=1

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES SAM RES RDT
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (2bytes) (1byte)

“P” “f” “8” See table below. “5” “0” <1>

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position
“02” Card in C/R
“10” IC Contact Press to ICC
“11” ICC Activation Status
“20” Transmission with ICC Completion (With/ without Reception Data, with SW1 + SW2)

SAM RES Meaning


“50” Transmission to SAM Completion (With/ without Receiving Data, with SW1 + SW2)

Length Data
RDT Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
<1> 1 “0” Enable to execute T=0
“1” Enable to execute T=1
“N” Incompletion PPS Execution

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “f” “8” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection
“A4” Communication Error between C/R and SAM Detection

173 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• The C/R executes a PPS request between the host and the SAM in order to change “F and D” or “Protocol
type”.

Retry and Error Processing


• None

(5) Notes
• When a DLE EOT is received during a command execution, the command processing is aborted. And the
SAM is remained activated.
• C/R supports the following TA1 (F and D).

TA1(BIN) F D Frequency (MHz)


01H 372 1 3.5712
02H 372 2 3.5712
03H 372 4 3.5712
11H (Default) 372 1 3.5712
12H 372 2 3.5712
13H 372 4 3.5712
31H 744 1 7.1424
32H 744 2 7.1424
33H 744 4 7.1424

174 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.90 (m2) Memory Card Activation

(1) Command
IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (1byte)

“C” “m” “2” <1>

Length Data
CMP Meaning
(Byte) (ASCII)
<1> 1 “0” SLE 4442
“1” SLE 4432
“2” SLE 4428
“3” SLE 4418

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES RDT
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (4bytes)

“P” “m” “2” See table below. <1>

RES Meaning
“11” ICC Activation Status

Length Data
RDT Meaning
(Bytes) (HEX)
<1> 1 00H-FFH Data 1
<2> 1 00H-FFH Data 2
<3> 1 00H-FFH Data 3
<4> 1 00H-FFH Data 4

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “m” “2” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection
“82” ICC Activation Failure
“88” ICC Move during IC Contact Press

175 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• Activates a memory card.
• Sends an ATR after receiving the ATR information (4bytes).

Retry and Error Processing


• When all the data in ATR are 00h or FFh, the C/R deactivates a memory card and sends an Activation
Error (“N82”).

176 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.91 (m3) Memory Card Deactivation

(1) Command
IDN CMD
(1byte) (2bytes)

“C” “m” “3”

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “m” “3” See table below.

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position
“02” Card in C/R
“10” IC Contact Press to ICC

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “m” “3” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection
“88” ICC Move during IC Contact Press

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• Deactivates a memory card.

Retry and Error Processing


• None

177 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

+ Activation
7.92 (m5) Memory Card Press+

(1) Command
IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (1byte)

“C” “m” “5” <1>

Length Data
CMP Meaning
(Byte) (ASCII)
<1> 1 “0” SLE 4442
“1” SLE 4432
“2” SLE 4428
“3” SLE 4418

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES RDT
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (4bytes)

“P” “m” “5” See table below. <1>

RES Meaning
“11” ICC Activation Status

Length Data
RDT Meaning
(Bytes) (HEX)
<1> 1 00H-FFH Data 1
<2> 1 00H-FFH Data 2
<3> 1 00H-FFH Data 3
<4> 1 00H-FFH Data 4

178 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “m” “5” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“10” Card Jam in C/R
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“13” Motor No Rotation
“14” Card Withdrawal from Rear
“16” Card Insertion from Rear or Card Jam at Rear
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“20” Too Long Card Insertion
“21” Too Short Card Insertion
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection
“82” ICC Activation Failure
“88” ICC Move during IC Contact Press

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• Transports a memory card to the IC contact press position to press the IC contact.
• Activates a memory card.
• Sends an ATR after receiving the ATR information (4bytes).

Retry and Error Processing


• When a card is jammed in the C/R, returns the card to front or rear then retries it. When still not able to
transport the card to the purposed position, sends a “Card Jam Error” (“N10”).
• When it failed to press the IC contact, releases the IC contact once, then transports an IC card to the IC
contact press position then presses the IC contact. When still the result is an error, sends an “IC Solenoid
Error”(“N81”).
• When all the data in ATR are 00h or FFh, the C/R deactivates a memory card and sends an Activation
Error (“N82”).
• When an “Activation Error”(“N82”), releases the IC contact the specified times by the “Retry Times Set
Command”(”R5”), then retries the above process.

179 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

+Release
7.93 (m6) Memory Card Deactivation+

(1) Command
IDN CMD
(1byte) (2bytes)

“C” “m” “6”

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “m” “6” See table below.

RES Meaning
“02” Card in C/R

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “m” “6” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“10” Card Jam in C/R
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“13” Motor No Rotation
“14” Card Withdrawal from Rear
“16” Card Insertion from Rear or Card Jam at Rear
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“20” Too Long Card Insertion
“21” Too Short Card Insertion
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection
“88” ICC Move during IC Contact Press

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• Deactivates a memory card.
• Releases the IC contact.

Retry and Error Processing


・ When it failed to release the IC contact, releases it after pressing the IC contact once. When still the result
is an error, sends an “IC Solenoid Error”(“N81”).

180 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.94 (m7) Memory Card Transmission

(1) Command
IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (5~260bytes)

“C” “m” “7” <1> <2> <3> <4> <5> <6> <7>

Length Data
CMP Meaning
(Byte) (ASCII)
<1> 1 00H~FFH CLA Class Card Type
<2> 1 00H~FFH INS Instruction Command Code
<3> 1 00H~FFH P1 Parameter 1 Address (High)
<4> 1 00H~FFH P2 Parameter 2 Address (Low)
<5> 0 or1 00H~FFH Lc field Length Number of Byte Present in Command
Data Field
<6> Variable = Lc Variable Data field Data String of Byte sent in Command Data
Field
<7> 0 or 1 00H~FFH Le field Length Maximum Number of Byte expected in
Data Field of Response to Command

Command Parameter for SIEMENS SLE4442

The format of the command parameter for SIEMENS SLE4442 is shown below.
The card type for SIEMENS SLE4442 is “0”(30H). Therefore, CLA of every command is fixed to 30H.

Memory Card Command CLA INS P1 P2 P3 DATA


Read Main Memory 30H 30H 00H Start address Read data length Not provided
(00H~FFH) (00H~FFH) *1
Update Main Memory 30H 38H 00H Start address Write data length Write data
*3 (00H~FFH) (01H~FFH)
Read Protection Memory 30H 34H FFH FFH 04H *2 Not provided
Write Protection Memory 30H 3CH 00H Start address Write data length Write data *6
(00H~1FH) (01H~20H)
Read Security Memory 30H 31H FFH FFH 04H *2 Not provided
Update Security Memory 30H 39H 00H Start address Write data length Write data
*4 (00h) (01H)
(01H~03H) (01H~03H)
Compare Verification Data 30H 33H 00H 01H~03H 01hH03H Compare
data
PSC Verification 30H FFH 00H 00H 03h PSC Code
*5 (00H~FFH)
*1: When “00h” is specified for P2, the length of the read data is 256 bytes.
*2: Since the length of the read data is 4 bytes, the value of P3 is fixed to 04H.
*3: Although the locked data fails to be written, the C/R sends a positive response to the host.
*4: When P2 is 00h, P3 is fixed to 01h. When P2 is between 01H to 03H, P3 is also between 01H to 03H.
*5: The C/R automatically sends the seven commands required for PSC Verification.
*6: Write data is sent to a memory card along with the Write Protection Memory Command.
The memory card compares its storing memory with the write data in order to decide whether to protect the
data or not.

181 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

Command Parameter for SIEMENS SLE4432

The format of command parameter for SIEMENS SLE4432 is shown below.


The card type for SIEMENS SLE4432 is “1”(31H). Therefore, CLA of every command is fixed to 31H.

Memory Card Command CLA INS P1 P2 P3 DATA


Read Main Memory 31H 30H 00H Start address Read data length Not provided
(00H~FFH) (00H~FFH) *1
Update Main Memory *3 31H 38H 00H Start address Write data length Write data
(00H~FFH) (01H~FFH)
Read Protection Memory 31H 34H FFH FFH 04H *2 Not provided
Write Protection Memory 31H 3CH 00H Start address Write data length Write data
(00H~FFH) (01H~20H)
*1: When “00h” is specified for P2, the length of the read data is 256 bytes.
*2: Since the length of the read data is 4 bytes, P3 is fixed to 04H.
*3: Although the locked data fails to be written, the C/R sends a positive response to the host.

Command Parameter for SIEMENS SLE4428

The format of command parameter for SIEMENS SLE4428 is shown below.


The card type for SIEMENS SLE4428 is “2”(32H). Therefore, CLA of every command is fixed to 32H.

Memory Card Command CLA INS P1 P2 P3 DATA


Write and erase with 32H 31H Start address Write data length Write data
Protect bit *2 (0000H~03FFH) (01H~FFH)
Write and erase without 32H 33H Start address Write data length Write data
Protect bit *2 (0000H~03FFH) (01H~FFH)
Write protect bit with data 32H 30H Start address Write data length Write data
Comparison (verification) *2 (0000H~03FFH) (01H~FFH)
Read 9 bits, data with 32H 0CH Start address Read data length Not provided
Protect bit *3 (0000H~03FFH) (00H~FFH) *1
Read 8 bits, data without 32H 0EH Start address Read data length Not provided
Protect bit (0000H~03FFH) (00H~FFH) *1
Write error counter 32H 32H Start address 01H 00H~FFH
(03FDH)
Verify PCB byte(s) 32H 0DH Start address 01H~02H Compare data
(0000H-03FFH) (00H~FFH)
PSC Verification 32H FFH 0000H 02H PSC Code
*4 (00H~FFH)
*1: When “00h” is specified for P2, the length of the read data is 256 bytes.
*2: Although the locked data fails to be written, the C/R sends a positive response to the host. Users shall take the
responsibility of protection in the EC and PSC areas.
*3: When data is sent from a memory card to C/R, PB (protection bits) is added to 8-bit data. Therefore, data sent
from C/R to the host is twice as much as the data sent from the card to C/R. However, the valid value is only the
one in bit 0, and the values from bit 7 to bit 1 are fixed to 0.
*4: The C/R automatically sends the seven commands required for PSC Verification.

182 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

Command Parameter for SIEMENS SLE4418

The format of command parameter for SIEMENS SLE4418 is shown below.


The card type for SIEMENS SLE4418 is “3”(33H). Therefore, CLA of every command is fixed to 33H.

Memory Card Command CLA INS P1 P2 P3 DATA


Write and erase with 33H 31H Start address Write data length Write data
Protect bit *2 (0000H~03FFH) (01H~FFH)
Write and erase without 33H 33H Start address Write data length Write data
Protect bit *2 (0000H~03FFH) (01H~FFH)
Write protect bit with data 33H 30H Start address Write data length Write data
Comparison (verification) *2 (0000H~03FFH) (01H~FFH)
Read 9 bits, data with 33H 0CH Start address Read data length Not provided
Protect bit *3 (0000H~03FFH) (00H~FFH) *1
Read 8 bits, data without 33H 0EH Start address Read data length Not provided
Protect bit (0000H~03FFH) (00H~FFH) *1
*1: When “00h” is specified for P2, the length of the read data is 256 bytes.
*2: Although the locked data fails to be written, the C/R sends a positive response to the host. Users shall take the
responsibility of protection in the EC and PSC areas.
*3: When data is sent from a memory card to C/R, PB (protection bits) is added to 8-bit data. Therefore, data sent
from C/R to the host is twice as much as the data sent from the card to C/R. However, the valid value is only the
one in bit 0, and the values from bit 7 to bit 1 are fixed to 0.

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES RDT
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (0~512bytes)

“P” “m” “7” See table below. <1> <2> <3>

RES Meaning
“20” Transmission to ICC Completion (With/ without Receiving Data, with SW1 + SW2)

Length Data
RDT Meaning
(Byte) (BIN)
<1> 0~512 Variable Reception Data from Memory Card

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “m” “7” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection
“84” Communication Error between C/R and ICC Detection
“88” ICC Move during IC Contact Press

183 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• The C/R sends and receives data between the host and the Memory Card.
• It checks the validity of commands but does not check the procedure of the sequence.

Retry and Error Processing


• When the parameters specified by the Memory Card Transmission Command (“m7”) differ from the card
type specified by the Memory Card Activation Command, the C/R sends a “Sequence Error”(“N01”)”.

(5) Notes
• The command parameters and response data are the same as APDU.
• For the details of APDU, see ISO/IEC 7816-4.

184 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.95 (m8) Memory Card PSC Certification

(1) Command
IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (5~260bytes)

“C” “m” “8” <1> <2> <3> <4> <5> <6> <7>

Length Data
CMP Meaning
(Byte) (ASCII)
<1> 1 00H~FFH CLA Class Card Type
<2> 1 00H~FFH INS Instruction Command Code
<3> 1 00H~FFH P1 Parameter 1 Address (High)
<4> 1 00H~FFH P2 Parameter 2 Address (Low)
<5> 0 or1 00H~FFH Lc field Length Number of Byte Present in Command
Data Field
<6> Variable = Lc Variable Data field Data String of Byte sent in Command Data
Field
<7> 0 or 1 00H~FFH Le field Length Maximum Number of Byte expected in
Data Field of Response to Command

Command Parameter for each memory card

Memory Card Command CLA INS P1 P2 P3 DATA


PSC Verification for SLE4448 30H FFH 00H 00H 03H PSC Code
(000000H~FFFFFFH)
PSC Verification for SLE4428 32H FFH 00H 00H 02H PSC Code
(0000H~FFFFH)

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “m” “8” See table below.

RES Meaning
“20” Transmission to ICC Completion (With/ without Receiving Data, with SW1 + SW2)

185 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “m” “8” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection
“88” ICC Move during IC Contact Press
“8A” • Rejecting Verification Card
• EC Area of Card = 00h, or Protect Bit in EC Area Protection

(4) Detailed Functions


• Normal Processing The C/R automatically sends a memory card the commands necessary for verification.
(See “SIEMENS SLE4442 Data Book” or “SIEMENS SLE4428 Data Book”.)

• Retry and Error Processing If the PSC code specified by the command parameter is not correct, it fails PSC
verification, then transmits a Disagreement of Verification code (“N89”).
• When a memory card failed to execute the PSC verification successively, and the EC of memory card that
has protected the PSC verification is 00h, an Inappropriate Verification Code (“N8A”) is returned as a
response.
• When the host sends the Memory Card Verification Command (“m8”) to a card not supporting the PSC
verification, the C/R sends a “Sequence Error”(“N01”)”.

186 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.96 (u0) USER Information Read

(1) Command
IDN CMD CMP
(1byte) (2bytes) (3bytes)

“C” “u” “0” <1>

Length Data
CMP Meaning
(Bytes) (ASCII)
<1> 3 “001” - “256” Data Length of User Information

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES RDT
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes) (1~256bytes)

“P” “u” “0” See table below. <1>

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position
“02” Card in C/R
“10” IC Contact Press to ICC
“11” ICC Activation Status
“20” Transmission with ICC Completion (With/ without Reception Data, with SW1 + SW2)

Length Data
RDT Meaning
(Bytes) (HEX)
1 256 Variable User Information

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “u” “0” See table below.

RES Meaning
“02” Command Parameter Error
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• Sends the User Information from the top that is the length specified by the command parameter.

Retry and Error Processing


• None

187 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.97 (:0) Insertion Permission


(1) Command
IDN CMD
(1byte) (2bytes)

“C” “:” “0”

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “:” “0” See table below.

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “:” “0” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“10” Card Jam in CHD
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“13” Motor No Rotation
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“20” Too Long Card Insertion
“21” Too Short Card Insertion
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• Without the intake monitoring time, permits intaking a card from front, then sends a normal response. This
state is “Insertion Permission State”.
• Intakes a card from front then transports it to the rear stand-by position.
• Reads the mag. data of 3 Tracks (ISO#1, #2 and #3) as transporting the card to the card stand-by position.

Retry and Error Processing


• When a card is jammed in the C/R, returns the card to front or rear then retries it. When still not able to
transport the card to the purposed position, sends a “Card Jam Error”(“N10”).

(5) Notes
• When there is a returned card at the gate position, it does not intake another card unless the card has been
withdrawn.
• Confirms if a card has been intaken by the “Status Sense Command”(“10” or “11”).

188 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.98 (:1) Insertion Denial


(1) Command
IDN CMD
(1byte) (2bytes)

“C” “:” “1”

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “:” “1” See table below.

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position
“02” Card in C/R
“10” IC Contact Press to ICC
“11” ICC Activation Status
“20” Transmission with ICC Completion (With/ without Reception Data, with SW1 + SW2)

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “:” “1” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“10” Card Jam in C/R
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“13” Motor No Rotation
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“20” Too Long Card Insertion
“21” Too Short Card Insertion
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• Prohibits an insertion permission state so that a card cannot be inserted.

Retry and Error Processing


• None

(5) Notes
• When this command is received during a card is being inserted, the card will be intaken and a normal
response will be returned without the card insertion prohibited,

189 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

7.99 (:2) Insertion Permission


(1) Command
IDN CMD
(1byte) (2bytes)

“C” “:” “2”

(2) Positive Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“P” “:” “2” See table below.

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position

(3) Negative Response


JDG RCM RES
(1byte) (2bytes) (2bytes)

“N” “:” “2” See table below.

RES Meaning
“01” Command Sequence Error
“02” Command Parameter Error
“10” Card Jam in CHD
“11” Shutter Error Detection
“13” Motor No Rotation
“18” Power Down Detection
“19” Waiting Initial Reset
“20” Too Long Card Insertion
“21” Too Short Card Insertion
“70” Stored Program in Flash Memory Imperfection
“81” IC Contact Solenoid Error Detection

(4) Detailed Functions


Normal Processing
• Without the intake monitoring time, permit intaking a card that has a mag. stripe from front, then sends a
normal response. This state is “Insertion Permission State”.
• Intakes a card from front, and transport it to the rear card stand-by position.
• Reads the mag. data of 3 Tracks (ISO#1, #2 and #3) as transporting the card to the card stand-by position..

Retry and Error Processing


• When a card is jammed in the C/R, returns the card to front or rear then retries it. When still not able to
transport the card to the purposed position, sends a “Card Jam Error”(“N10”).

(5) Notes
• When there is a returned card at the gate position, it does not intake another card unless the card has been
withdrawn.
• Confirms if a card has been intaken by the “Status Sense Command”(“10” or “11”).

190 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

8. Magnetic Card Data Record Format

Track
ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3
Item
Character Length (including parity) 7 bits 5 bits 5 bits
Parity odd odd odd
Longitudinal Calculation Method (LRC) *1 even LRC even LRC even LRC
Top Character “SP” “0” “0”
Start Sentinel (SS) “%” “;” “;”
End Sentinel (ES) “?” “?” “?”
Data Length (byte) 1-76 1-37 1-104
*1. The LRC Calculation Method is shown below.

Name Range to be Checked Storage Position Check Code Remark


Even LRC SS - ES Character next to ES 1 Character --

(1) Card Data Configuration of ISO Track (1 - 3)


All the data recorded on a card except parity are transmitted and received in ASCII code as a command
or a response by the Host and the C/R.

Data Record Format for Magnetic Card Data recorded on a card


L
S E
Card Data + Parity *1 R
S S
C
Data Transmission/Reception Format for
Magnetic Card Transmission and reception data

Card Data *2

*1 Data recorded on a card includes both card data and parity data.
*2 The data transmitted/received by the HOST or the C/R is only card data not include parity.

191 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

(2) Character Code Setting of ISO 1 Track


One character in the ISO 1 Track consists of 6 bits.
Only the ASCII codes shown below are usable.

SP 0 @ *1 P
! *1 1 A Q *1.These characters can be used only for hardware control. Do not
“ *1 2 B R use in card data.
# *3 3 C S
$ 4 D T *2.Do not use these characters for cards used internationally.
% *4 5 E U
& *1 6 F V *3.These characters have been prepared for use as the additional
diagram characters. Do not use in the Card Data.
‘ *1 7 G W
( 8 H X
*4.Each character represents as follows:
) 9 I Y
* *1 : *1 J Z "%": Start Sentinel (SS)
+ 1 ; *1 K [ *2 "?": End Sentinel (ES)
, *1 < *1 L *2 "^": Separator
- = *1 M ] *2
. > *1 N ^ *4 However, since restrictions shown above do not apply to LRC, all
/ ? *4 O _ *1 codes in the table are usable.

(3) Character Code Setting of ISO 2 and 3 Track


One character in the ISO 2 and 3 consists of 4 bits.
Only the ASCII codes shown below are usable.

0 *1. These characters can be used only for hardware control. Do not use in card data.
1 *2. ";" : Start Sentinel (SS)
2 *3. "=" : Separator
3 *4. "?" : End sentinel (ES)
4
5 However, since restrictions shown above do not apply to LRC, all codes in the table
6 are usable.
7
8
9
: *1
; *2
< *1
= *3
> *1
? *4

192 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)
9. Detailed Description of FW Download
9.1 Download File Format

Sizes Attrib
Items Notes
(Bytes) ute
Header Filed DL File Identification Code 5 ASCII “OMRON”
Kind of File 1 ASCII “B”
Data Part Off Set 4 ASCII Offset from the top of file to data part.
User Information 256 ASCII The host can read it by “u0” command
Download Firmware Information Type 12 22 ASCII Variable
Version 2
SUM Value 8
Download Data Size / 1block 4 ASCII ”2054”
Download Block Number 4 ASCII “0001”~”9999”
Download Administration Information 20 ASCII Variable
Downloadable CPU Number (N) 2 ASCII “01”~”10”
Downloadable CPU 1 Type 12 20 X N ASCII Variable
Version 2
SUM Value 6 This file is used as the parameter of the “DL Start Command”
Downloadable CPU 2 Type 12 (“d0”).
Version 2
SUM Value 6

Downloadable CPU N Type 12
Version 2
SUM Value 6
Data Filed 1st Block 2054 X N BIN This file is divided into 2054 bytes each to be used as the parameter of “DL
2nd Block Transmission Command”(“d1”).
:
Nth Brock
File SUM Value 4 BIN Calculation range is from the top to the end of download file.
The host should check the justification of download file SUM value.

193 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

9.2 User Information Format (Modul Segment Identification)

The below data is stored in the user information area of each FW (download file).

Byte Length
Data Parameter Definitions Parameter Meaning
Order [Byte]
1 5 "$MOD$ Begin of MODSEG identification
6 1 "" Blank
7 6 "YYMMDD" Release date of FW module
13 1 "" Blank
14 4 "RRVV" Release, Version of FW module
18 1 "" Blank
19 12 "name.ext" FW module File name
31 1 ";" End of MODSEG identification

195 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

9.3 DL Processing Flowchart of PC


9.3.1 Flowchart from “In Normal Operation” to “DL Start Command(“d0”)”

In Normal Operation

Receives DL
Preparation
Command("Cd3")

Sends Respnse
("Pd3xx")

Receives Initial Reset


Command("C0x")

Sends Respnse
("Nxx70")

Waits for receiving DL


Start Command

196 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

9.3.2 Flowchart of DL Start Command (“d0”)

Waits for receiving


DL Start Command

Receives DL Start
Command("Cd0")

Sends DLE-ACK
DLE-EOT
receivable
Receives DLE-ENQ

Parameter NO
Check OK ?

YES Sends Command Parameter


Error ("Nd402")
Goes on to the status
incapable of receiving
DLE-EOT

Erases user information and


data in program area
in Flash Memory

DLE-EOT NO
not receivable Erasure OK ?

YES
Goes on to the status
Send Response capable of receiving DLE-EOT
of DL in Process ("Pd430") DLE-EOT
Sends Imperfect DL Program receivable
Waits for recieving DL ("Nd470")
Transmission Command

197 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

9.3.3 Flow chart of DL Transmission Command (“d1”)

Waits for receiving DL


Transmission Command

Receives DL Transmission
Command("Cd1")

Sends DLE-ACK

Receives DLE-ENQ

NO
Sequence Check OK ?

YES Sends Command


Sequence Error ("Nd101")
NO
Parameter
Check OK ?
DLE-EOT
YES Sends Command
not receivable
Parameter Error ("Nd102")
Writes DL data
in Flash Memory

Writing in the NO
memory OK ?
Goes on to the status capable
YES of receiving DLE-EOT

Sends Response of Sends Imperfect DL Program


DL in Process ("Pd130") Error ("Nd170") DLE-EOT
receivable
Waits for receiving
DL Start Command

NO
Is the block the last one?

YES

Waits for recieving DL


Completion Command

198 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

9.3.4 Flow chart of DL Completion Command (“d2”)

Waits for recieving DL


Completion Command

Receives DL Completion
Command ("Cd2")

Sends DLE-ACK

Receives DLE-ENQ

DLE-EOT
not receivable NO
Sequence
Check OK?

YES Sends Command


Sequence Error
("Nd201")

NO
All DL Data OK? *1

YES
Goes on to the status Goes on to the status
capable of receiving capable of receiving
DLE-EOT DLE-EOT

Sends DL Completion Sends Imperfect DL


DLE-EOT Response("Pd231") Program ("Nd270") DLE-EOT
receivable receivable
Waits for receiving Waits for receiving DL
Initial Reset Command Start Command

199 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)
10. Command Matrixes
10.1 In case that the previous command is positive

The below describes if the V2X can execute each command in each state of card position and C/R.
• X --- Executes the command processing.
• N?? --- Sends the "Nxx"error as response without executing the command processing.

RES Meaning
“00” No Card in C/R
“01” Card at Gate Position
“02” Card in C/R
“04” Card in Read Start Position of MM Sensor
“10” IC Contact Press to ICC
“11” ICC Activation Status
“20” Transmission with ICC Completion (With/ without Reception Data, with SW1 + SW2)
“21” In process C/R of Continuous Reception from ICC (With Reception Data, without SW1 + SW2)
“22” In Process C/R of Continuous Transmission to ICC (Without Reception Data, without SW1 + SW2)
“23” Abort Completion of SAM Transmission by Forcedly Interruption
“30” In Process Downloading
“31” Downloading Normal Completion. Waiting C/R for Initial Reset

Positive Response (RES) without Insertion Permission Insertion Permission


CMD
“00” “01” “02” “04” “10” “11” “20” “21” “22” “23” “30” “31” “00”” “01” “02”
“00” X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
“01” X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
“02” X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
“03” X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
“04” X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
“05” X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
“06” X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
“07” X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
“10” X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
“11” X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
“20” X X N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N70 N71 N01 N01 N01
“21” X X N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N70 N71 N01 N01 N01
“23” X X N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N70 N71 N01 N01 N01
“24” X X N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N70 N71 N01 N01 N01
“30” X X X X N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N70 N71 X X X
“31” N01 N01 X X N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N70 N71 X X X
“32” N01 N01 X X N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N70 N71 X X X

200 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

Positive Response (RES) Insertion Permission


CMD
“00” “01” “02” “04” “10” “11” “20” “21” “22” “23” “30” “31” “00”” “01” “02”
“40” N60 X X X N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N70 N71 N01 N01 N01
“41” N60 X X X N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N70 N71 N01 N01 N01
“42” N60 X N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N70 N71 N01 N01 N01
“60” N01 N01 X X N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N70 N71 X X X
“61” N01 N01 X X N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N70 N71 X X X
“62” N01 N01 X X N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N70 N71 X X X
“63” N01 N01 X X N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N70 N71 X X X
“68” N01 N01 X X N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N70 N71 X X X
“69” N01 N01 X X N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N70 N71 X X X
“6A” N01 N01 X X N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N70 N71 X X X
“71” N01 N01 X X N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N70 N71 X X X
“72” N01 N01 X X N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N70 N71 X X X
“73” N01 N01 X X N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N70 N71 X X X
“78” X X X X X X X X X X N70 N71 X X X
“79” N01 N01 X X N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N70 N71 X X X
“90” X X N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N70 N71 N01 N01 N01
“C0” N01 N01 X X X X X X X X N70 N71 X X X
“C1” X X X X X N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N70 N71 X X X
“C2” N01 N01 N01 N01 X N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N70 N71 N01 N01 N01
“C3” X X X X X X X X X X N70 N71 X X X
“C5” N01 N01 X X X N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N70 N71 N01 N01 N01
“C6” N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 X X X X X N70 N71 X X X
“E0” N01 N01 N01 N01 X N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N70 N71 N01 N01 N01
“E1” N01 N01 N01 N01 X X X X X X N70 N71 X X X
“F0” N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 X X N01 N01 N01 N70 N71 N01 N01 N01
“F1” N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 X X N01 X X N70 N71 N01 X X
“F2” N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 X X N01 X X N70 N71 N01 N01 N01
“F3” N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 X N01 N01 N70 N71 N01 N01 N01
“F4” N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 X X N01 N70 N71 N01 N01 N01
“F8” N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 X N01 N01 N01 N01 N70 N71 N01 N01 N01
“G1” N01 N01 N01 X X N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N70 N71 X X X

201 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

Positive Response (RES) Insertion Permission


CMD
“00” “01” “02” “04” “10” “11” “20” “21” “22” “23” “30” “31” “00” “01” “02”
“I0” N01 N01 X X N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N70 N71 X X X
“L0” X X X X X X X X X X N70 N71 N01 N01 N01
“M0” X X X X X X X X X X N70 N71 X X X
“M2” X X X X X X X X X X N70 N71 N01 N01 N01
“N0” X X X X X X X X X X N70 N71 X X X
“P0” X X X X X X X X X X N70 N71 X X X
“P1” X X X X X X X X X X N70 N71 X X X
“P5” X X X X X X X X X X N70 N71 X X X
“Q0” X X X X X X X X X X N70 N71 X X X
“Q1” X X X X X X X X X X N70 N71 N01 N01 N01
“R0” X X X X X X X X X X N70 N71 X X X
“R1” X X X X X X X X X X N70 N71 X X X
“R3” X X X X X X X X X X N70 N71 X X X
“V0” X X X X X X X X X X N70 N71 X X X
“V1” X X X X X X X X X X N70 N71 X X X
“V2” X X X X X X X X X X N70 N71 X X X
“W0” X X X X X X X X X X N70 N71 X X
“W1” X X X X X X X X X X N70 N71 X X X
“W2” X X X X X X X X X X N70 N71 X X X
“Y0” X X X X X X X X X X N70 N71 X X X
“Y1” X X X X X N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N70 N71 N01 N01 N01
“Y2” X X X X X N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N70 N71 N01 N01 N01
“Y3” X X X X X N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N70 N71 N01 N01 N01
“Y4” X X X X X N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N70 N71 N01 N01 N01
“Y5” X X X X X N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N70 N71 N01 N01 N01

202 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

Positive Response (RES) Insertion Permission


CMD
“00” “01” “02” “04” “10” “11” “20” “21” “22” “23” “30” “31” “00” “01” “02”
“d0” N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 X N71 N01 N01 N01
“d1” N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 X N71 N01 N01 N01
“d2” N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 X N71 N01 N01 N01
“d3” X X N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N71 N01 N01 N01
“e1” X X X X X X X X X X N01 N71 X X X
“e2” X X X X X X X X X X N01 N71 N01 N01 N01
“e3” X X X X X X X X X X N01 N71 N01 N01 N01
“e4” X X X X X X X X X X N01 N71 N01 N01 N01
“f0” X X X X X X X X X X N01 N71 N01 N01 N01
“f1” X X X X X X X X X X N01 N71 N01 N01 N01
“f2” X X X X X X X X X X N01 N71 N01 N01 N01
“f3” X X X X X X X X X X N01 N71 N01 N01 N01
“f4” X X X X X X X X X X N01 N71 N01 N01 N01
“f8” X X X X X X X X X X N01 N71 N01 N01 N01
“m2” N01 N01 N01 N01 X N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N71 N01 N01 N01
“m3” X X X X X X X X X X N01 N71 X X X
“m5” N01 N01 X X X N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N71 N01 N01 N01
“m6” N01 N01 N01 N01 X X X X X X N01 N71 X X X
“m7” N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 X X N01 N01 N01 N01 N71 N01 N01 N01
“m8” N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 X N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N71 N01 N01 N01
“u0” X X X X X X X X X X N01 N71 X X X
“:0” X X N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N71 N01 N01 N01
“:1” X X X X X X X X X X N01 N71 X X X
“:2” X X N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 N71 N01 N01 N01

203 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)
10.2 In case that the previous command is negative

The below describes if the V2X can execute each command in each state of card position and C/R.
• X --- Executes the command processing.
• N?? --- Sends the "Nxx"error as response without executing the command processing.

Negative Response Name RES (Status of Negative Response)


(1) Power on After Power down “N18”
Waiting Initial Reset “N19”, “N71”
(2) Mechanical Error Mechanical Error “N10”, “N11”, “N12”, “N13” or “N81”
Card Jam Error “N14”, “N15”, “N16”, “N88”
(3) Card Error “N20”, “N21”
IC Card Error (4) Activation Error “N82” or “N87”
(Including memory card error) (5) Transmission Error “N80, “N84”, “N85” or “N86”
(6) Memory Card Error “N89” or “N8A”
(7) Warning Mag. Read Error “N40”, “N41”, “N42”, “N46” “N49”
Mag. Write Error “N50”, “N51”, “N52”, “N53”, “N56”
Time-up Error “N60”, “N61”, “N62”, “N63”
Card Position Error “N32”, “N64”
Flash Memory Error (8) Data field Error “N33”
(9) Program Error “N70”

*1: The C/R executes the command processing. But it sends the error response indicated in the parenthesizes.
*2: The process which the C/R can execute is different depending on the IC mode set by the Y1 command.

Mechanical IC Card Error Flash Memory Error


Power on Card Error Warning
CMD Error Activation Transmission Memory Card Data field Program
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
“00” X or N18 X X X X X X X (N33) *1 X (N70) *1
“01” X or N18 X N20 or N21 X X X X X (N33) *1 X (N70) *1
“02” X or N18 X X (N20 or N21) *1 X X X X X (N33) *1 X (N70) *1
“03” X or N18 X X X X X X X (N33) *1 X (N70) *1
“04” X or N18 X X X X X X X (N33) *1 X (N70) *1
“05” X or N18 X N20 or N21 X X X X X (N33) *1 X (N70) *1
“06” X or N18 X X (N20 or N21) *1 X X X X X (N33) *1 X (N70) *1
“10” N18, N19 or N71 X (Nxx) *1 N20 or N21 X X X X X (N33) *1 X (N70) *1
“11” N18, N19 or N71 X X X X X X X X (N70) *1
“20” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx N20 or N21 N01 N01 N01 X X N70
“21” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx N20 or N21 N01 N01 N01 X X N70
“23” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx N20 or N21 N01 N01 N01 X X N70
“24” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx N20 or N21 N01 N01 N01 X X N70

204 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

Mechanical IC Card Error Flash Memory Error


Power on Card Error Warning
CMD Error Activation Transmission Memory Card Data field Program
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
“30” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx X N01 N01 N01 X X N70
“31” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx X N01 N01 N01 X X N70
“32” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx N20 or N21 N01 N01 N01 X X N70
“40” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx N20 or N21 N01 N01 N01 X X N70
“41” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx N20 or N21 N01 N01 N01 X X N70
“42” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx N20 or N21 N01 N01 N01 X X N70
“60” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx N20 or N21 N01 N01 N01 X X N70
“61” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx N20 or N21 N01 N01 N01 X X N70
“62” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx N20 or N21 N01 N01 N01 X X N70
“63” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx N20 or N21 N01 N01 N01 X X N70
“68” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx N20 or N21 N01 N01 N01 X X N70
“69” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx N20 or N21 X X X X X N70
“6A” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx N20 or N21 X X X X X N70
“71” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx N20 or N21 N01 N01 N01 X X N70
“72” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx N20 or N21 N01 N01 N01 X X N70
“73” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx N20 or N21 N01 N01 N01 X X N70
“78” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx N20 or N21 X X X X X N70
“79” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx N20 or N21 N01 N01 N01 X X N70
“90” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx N01 N01 N01 N01 X X N70
“C0” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx N20 or N21 N01 N01 N01 X X N70
“C1” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx N20 or N21 X or N01 *2 N01 N01 X X N70
“C2” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx N01 N01 N01 N01 X X N70
“C3” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx N01 X X X X X N70
“C5” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx N20 or N21 X or N01 *2 X or N01 *2 N01 X X N70
“C6” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx X X X N01 X X N70
“E0” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx N01 X or N01 *2 X or N01 *2 N01 X X N70
“E1” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx N20 or N21 X X or N01 *2 N01 X X N70
“F0” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx N01 N01 X or N01 *2 N01 X X N70
“F1” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx N01 N01 X or N01 *2 N01 X X N70
“F2” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx N01 N01 X or N01 *2 N01 X X N70
“F3” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx N01 N01 X or N01 *2 N01 X X N70
“F4” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx N01 N01 X or N01 *2 N01 X X N70
“F8” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx N01 N01 N01 N01 X X N70
“G1” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx N20 or N21 X or N01 *2 X or N01 *2 N01 X X N70

205 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

Mechanical IC Card Error Flash Memory Error


Power on Card Error Warning
CMD Error Activation Transmission Memory Card Data field Program
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
“I0” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx N20 or N21 N01 N01 N01 X X N70
“L0” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx X N01 N01 N01 X N33 N70
“M0” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx X X X X X N33 N70
“M2” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx X X X X X N33 N70
“M3” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx X X X X X N33 N70
“N0” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx X X X X X N33 X (N70) *1
“P0” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx X X X X X X N70
“P1” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx X X X X X X N70
“P5” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx X X X X X X N70
“Q0” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx X X X X X N33 N70
“Q1” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx X X X X X N33 N70
“R0” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx X X X X X X N70
“R1” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx X X X X X X N70
“R3” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx X X X X X X N70
“V0” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx X X X X X N33 X (N70) *1
“V1” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx X X X X X X N70
“V2” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx X X X X X X N70
“W0” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx X X X X X X N70
“W1” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx X X X X X X N70
“W2” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx X X X X X X N70
“Y0” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx X X X X X X N70
“Y1” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx X X or N01 *2 X or N01 *2 X or N01 *2 X X N70
“Y2” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx X X or N01 *2 X or N01 *2 X or N01 *2 X N33 N70
“Y3” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx X X or N01 *2 X or N01 *2 X or N01 *2 X N33 N70
“Y4” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx X X or N01 *2 X or N01 *2 X or N01 *2 X N33 N70
“Y5” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx X X or N01 *2 X or N01 *2 X or N01 *2 X N33 N70

206 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

Mechanical IC Card Error Flash Memory Error


Power on Card Error Warning
CMD Error Activation Transmission Memory Card Data field Program
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
“d0” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 X X
“d1” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx N01 X X X N01 X X
“d2” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx N01 N01 N01 N01 N01 X X
“d3” N18, N19 or N71 X N01 N01 N01 N01 X X N70
“e1” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx X X X X X X N70
“e2” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx X X X X X X N70
“e3” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx X X X X X X N70
“e4” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx X X X X X X N70
“f0” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx X X X X X X N70
“f1” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx X X X X X X N70
“f2” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx X X X X X X N70
“f3” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx X X X X X X N70
“f4” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx X X X X X X N70
“f8” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx X X X X X X N70
“m2” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx N01 X N01 N01 X X N70
“m3” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx N01 X X X X X N70
“m5” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx N01 N01 N01 N01 X X N70
“m6” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx X X X X X X N70
“m7” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx N01 N01 N01 N01 X X N70
“m8” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx N01 N01 N01 N01 X X N70
“u0” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx X X X X X X N70
“:0” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx N01 N01 N01 N01 X X N70
“:1” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx X X X X X X N70
“:2” N18, N19 or N71 Nxx N01 N01 N01 N01 X X N70

207 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)
11. Command Processing Matrixes
11.1 Matrixes of Commands Relevant to Download (DLC)
- The following matrix shows commands about DL and the status of the C/R. The description of error codes during the execution of each command is omitted.
- “xx” in this matrix shows command code.
- This matrix is effectiveness in condition when no card exists or a card exists at insertion position ( but shutter closed ).
- The response status ”Pxx0x”, ”Pxx1x” and ”Pxx2x” are described as “Pxxnx”.

Commands The Other


DL Start *1 DL Transmission *2 DL Completion *3 No using FW Initial Reset Version Read Status Sense
or Events Commands
DLE EOT Power Down
Status
“d0” “d1” “d2” “d3” “00”-“06” “V0” “10” “xx”
of C/R
0 In Usual “Nd001” “Nd101” “Nd201” “Pd3xx” ->1 “Pxxnx” “PV0nx” “P10nx” Processing Execution DLE EOT *7
Operation Sequences err. “Pxxnx”
“Nd301” -> 0
Parameters err.
“Nd302” -> 0
1 Waiting Initial “Nd019” “Nd119” “Nd219” “Nd319” “Pxxnx” “NV019” “N1019” “Nxx19” DLE EOT *7
Reset ->2 ->0
2 Waiting “Pd030” ->3 DL Imperfection DL Imperfection DL Imperfection DL Imperfection
DL Imperfection DL Imperfection DL Imperfection DLE EOT *7
DL Start Parameters err. “Nd170” “Nd270” “Nd370” “Nxx70” *5
“PV070” *6 “N1070” “Nxx70” ->0
“Nd002” -> 2
DL imperfection
“Nd070” - > 5
*1 For more details of “ DL Start “ command, see flowchart of “ DL Start “.
*2 For more details of “ DL Transmission “ command, see flowchart of “ DL Transmission“.
*3 For more details of “ DL Completion “ command, see flowchart of “ DL Completion“.
*4 When the Host sends “d0” again (DL start command) , it should send again from the first part of FW.
*5 Initial reset command during DL processes only to execution command parameter. It doesn’t process on initialization of shutter, motor and so on.
*6 This is negative response, but command processing executes and response the data to the HOST if the data of response was required.
*7 When C/R received any command immediately after power-down, it sends Power down (“Nxx18”) as a response.
When the next command is Initial Reset command, C/R executes initial reset and “Status of C/R” moves to “In Usual Operation(0)”.
When the next command is a command expect initial reset command, C/R sends Waiting Initial Reset (“Nxx19”) as a response.

208 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

Commands The Other


DL Start *1 DL Transmission *2 DL Completion *3 No using FW Initial Reset Version Read Status Sense
or Events Commands
DLE EOT Power Down
Status
“d0” “d1” “d2” “d3” “00”-“06” “V0” “10” “xx”
of C/R
3 In DL “Pd030” “Pd130” All DL Area DL Imperfection DL Imperfection DL Imperfection DL Imperfection DL Imperfection Ignore *7 *8
*4 ->3 Check = OK “Nd370” “Nxx70” *5 “NV070” *6 “N1070” “N1070”
->3 Sequences err. “Pd231” *5 ->4
“Nd101” -> 3 ->4
Parameters err. Parameters err. Sequences err.
“Nd002” - > 3 “Nd102” -> 3 “Nd201” -> 3
DL imperfection “Nd170” DL Imperfection
“Nd070” - > 5 ->5 “Nd270” ->5
4 DL Normal Waits DL Initial Waits DL Initial Waits DL Initial Waits DL Initial “Pxx00” Waits DL Initial Waits DL Initial Waits DL Initial DLE EOT *8
Completion “Nd071” “Nd171” “Nd271” “Nd371” ->0 “NV071” “N1071” “Nxx71”
5 DL Program “Pd030” ->3 DL Imperfection DL Imperfection DL Imperfection DL Imperfection DL Imperfection DL Imperfection DL Imperfection DLE EOT *8
Imperfection Parameters err. “Nd170” “Nd270” “Nd370” “Nxx70” *5 “PV070” *6 “N1070” “Nxx70”
“Nd002” - > 5
DL imperfection
“Nd070” - > 5
*1 For more details of “ DL Start “ command, see flowchart of “ DL Start “.
*2 For more details of “ DL Transmission “ command, see flowchart of “ DL Transmission“.
*3 For more details of “ DL Completion “ command, see flowchart of “ DL Completion“.
*4 When the Host sends “d0” again (DL start command) , it should send again from the first part of FW.
*5 Initial reset command during DL processes only to execution command parameter. It doesn’t process on initialization of shutter, motor and so on.
*6 This is negative response, but command processing executes and response the data to the HOST if the data of response was required.
*7 DLE-EOT isn’t sent and DL is continued to process. For more detail, see flow chart of “DL start”, “DL transmission” and “DL completion”.
*8 When C/R received any command immediately after power-down, it sends Power down (“Nxx18”) as a response.
When the next command is Initial Reset command, C/R executes initial reset and “Status of C/R” moves to “DL Program Imperfection(5)”.
When the next command is a command expect initial reset command, C/R sends Waiting Initial Reset (“Nxx19”) as a response.

209 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)
11.2 Matrix of ICC Control Commands

Points to Notice
- “xx” shown in positive response data indicates card position.
- When the C/R cannot support the ATR sent by ICC, the C/R responds an error response of Unsupported ICC Error (“Nxx87”) to an activation command.
- When the C/R receives an activation command during ICC activation, the C/R responds a Command Sequence Error (“Nxx01”) to the activation command.
- “T=0”, ”T=1”, ”PPS Request Required” and ”PPS incompletion” in the matrices below represent response data to a command. For the details, see Annex D.
- If the C/R receives PPS Request Command during processing with a card by T=0 or T=1, it responds a Command Sequence Error (“Nxx01”).
- Forceful Termination Command (“F4”) is available only during continuous reception on processing by T=1.

(1) Matrix Before Activation


Command
Press Release Activation Press + Activation Cold Reset Press + Cold Reset
(CMD) Deactivation + Release “C6”
“C0” “C1” “C2” “C5” “E0” “G1”
Status of C/R
0 Before Pressing Press Press + Activation Activation + (PPS)
Contacts “PC010” “PC511 ” ”PG111”
->1 ->2 *3->2
*1 ->5 T=0->5
*2 ->6 T=1->6
PPS Req. Required->3
PPS incompleted->4
1 After Pressing Release Activation Activation Release Activation + (PPS) Activation + (PPS)
Contacts ”PC102” ”PC211” “PC511” “PC602” ”PE011” ”PG111”
->0 ->2 ->2 ->0 *5 ->2 *5 ->2
*1 ->5 *1 ->5 *3 T=0->5 *3 T=0->5
*2 ->6 *2 ->6 *4 T=1->6 *4 T=1->6
PPS Req. Required->3 PPS Req. Required->3
PPS incompleted->4 PPS incompleted->4
*1: When the protocol type of ICC indicated at TA2 by the specific mode is T=0, or when the protocol type of ICC is the single protocol type of T=0 by the negotiable mode, go to 5.
*2: When the protocol type of ICC indicated at TA2 by the specific mode is T=1, go to 6.
*3: When the protocol type of ICC indicated at TA2 by the specific mode is T=0, or when the protocol type is set to T=0 as the result of PPS, go to 5.
*4: When the protocol type of ICC indicated at TA2 by the specific mode is T=1, or when the protocol type is set to T=1 as the result of PPS, go to 6.
*5: When the command parameter is set to “No automatic execution of PPS”, and also when the requirement for either *1 or *2 is not met, go to 2.

210 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)
(2) Matrix of PPS Right After Activation
Command T=0 Transmission/ Reception T=1 Transmission/Reception PPS
Deactivation
(CMD) Deactivation Warm Reset Transmission/ Continuous
+Release Transmission/ Reception PPS Request
“C3” “E1” Reception Transmission
“C6” “F0” “F8”
Status of C/R “F1” “F2”
2 Right after Deactivation Deactivation Warm Reset + (PPS) T=0 Transmission/Reception *4 Transmission/Reception *5 Continuous transmission *5 PPS Request
Activation “PC310” +Release ”PE111” “Pxx20” “Pxx20” “PF222” “PF820”
->1 “PC602” *3 ->2 ->5 ->6 ->7 T=0->5
->0 *1 T=0->5 Transmission/Reception *5 T=1->6
*2 T=1->6 “PF121” PPS incompleted->4
PPS Req. required->3 ->8
PPS incompleted->4
3 PPS Request Deactivation Deactivation Warm Reset + (PPS) T=0 Transmission/Reception *4 Transmission/Reception *5 Continuous transmission *5 PPS Request
Required “PC310” +Release ”PE111” “Pxx20” “Pxx20” “PF222” “PF820”
->1 “PC602” *3 ->2 ->5 ->6 ->7 T=0->5
->0 *1 T=0->5 Transmission/Reception *5 T=1->6
*2 T=1->6 “PF121” PPS incompleted->4
PPS Req. required->3 ->8
PPS incompleted->4
4 PPS Incompleted Deactivation Deactivation Warm Reset + (PPS) T=0 Transmission/Reception *4 Transmission/Reception *5 Continuous transmission *5 PPS Request
“PC310” +Release ”PE111” “Pxx20” “Pxx20” “PF222” “PF820”
->1 “PC602” *3 ->2 ->5 ->6 ->7 T=0->5
->0 *1 T=0->5 Transmission/Reception *5 T=1->6
*2 T=1->6 “PF121” PPS incompleted ->4
PPS Req. required->3 ->8
PPS incompleted ->4
*1: When the protocol type of ICC indicated at TA2 by the specific mode is T=0, or when the protocol type is set to T=0 as the result of PPS, go to 5.
*2: When the protocol type of ICC indicated at TA2 by the specific mode is T=1, or when the protocol type is set to T=1 as the result of PPS, go to 6.
*3: When the command parameter is set to “No automatic execution of PPS”, and also when the requirement for either *1 or *2 is not met, go to 2.
*4: When T=0 has not been indicated in the ATR as the protocol type for the ICC, a Command Sequence Error will be responded.
*5: When T=1 has not been indicated in the ATR as the protocol type for the ICC, a Command Sequence Error will be responded.

211 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)
(3) Matrix of the Status of C/R Processing with ICC of T=0/T=1
T=0
Command T=1 Transmission/Reception
Deactivation Transmission/Reception
(CMD) Deactivation
+ Release Warm Reset Transmission/ Continuous Continuous
“C3” Transmission/Reception Forceful Termination
“C6” “E1” Reception Transmission Reception
Status of C/R “F0” “F4”
“F1” “F2” “F3”
5 Processing with T=0 Card Deactivation Deactivation
Warm Reset + (PPS) T0 Transmission/Reception
“PC310” +Release ”PE111” “Pxx20”
->1 “PC602” *3 ->2
->0 *1 T=0->5
*2 T=1->6
PPS Req. required->3
PPS incompleted->4
6 Processing Idle Deactivation Deactivation Warm Reset + (PPS) Transmission/ Continuous
with “PC310” +Release ”PE111” Reception Transmission
T=1 Card ->1 “PC602” *3 ->2 “Pxx20” ->6 “PF222”
->0 *1 T=0->5 Transmission/ ->7
*2 T=1->6 Reception
PPS Req. required->3 “PF121” ->8
PPS incompleted->4
7 On Deactivation Deactivation Warm Reset + (PPS) Transmission/ Continuous Transmission
Continuous “PC310” +Release ”PE111” Reception Transmission forcefully terminated
Transmission ->1 “PC602” *3 ->2 “Pxx20” ->6 “PF222” “PF423”
->0 *1 T=0->5 Transmission/ ->6
*2 T=1->6 Reception
PPS Req. required->3 “PF121” ->8
PPS incompleted->4
8 On Deactivation Deactivation Warm Reset + (PPS) Continuous Transmission
Continuous “PC310” +Release ”PE111” Reception forcefully terminated
Reception ->1 “PC602” *3 ->2 “PF320” ->6 “PF423”
->0 *1 T=0->5 Continuous ->6
*2 T=1->6 Reception
PPS Req. required->3 “PF321” ->8
PPS incompleted->4
*1: When the protocol type of ICC indicated at TA2 by the specific mode is T=0, or when the protocol type is set to T=0 as the result of PPS, go to 5.
*2: When the protocol type of ICC indicated at TA2 by the specific mode is T=1, or when the protocol type is set to T=1 as the result of PPS, go to 6.
*3: When the command parameter is set to “No automatic execution of PPS”, and also when the requirement for either *1 or *2 is not met, go to 2.

212 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)
11.3 Matrixes of SAM Control Commands

Points to Notice
- The “xx” of positive response data indicates card position.
- The unsupported ATR error (“NxxA7”) is transmitted as the response of an activation command in case C/R cannot support the ATR of SAM.
- The response of Command Sequence Error (“Nxx01”) is transmitted in case an activation command is re-sent again during the SAM activation.
- “T=0”, ”T=1”, ”Needs to PTS Req.” and ”PTS incompletion” in matrix below is shows response data for the command. For details, see Annex D.
- The PTS request command (“f8”) under processing ( read /write ) the SAM with T=0/T=1 is responded as a sequence error(“Nxx01”).
- Interruption completion command (“f4”) for transmission is effective only when the status is in processing to T=1 card.

(1) Matrix Before Activation


Commands
Sense Activation Deactivation Cold Reset Warm Reset Others
(CMD)
“e0” “e1” “e2” “e3” “e4” “f0” - “f8”
Status of C/R
0 SAM is not existing “Ne001” “Ne101” “Ne201” “Ne301” “Ne401” “Nfx01”
->0 ->0 ->0 ->0 ->0 ->0
1 SAM is existing. “Pe0xx40” Activation “Pe0xx40” Activation + (PTS) “Ne401” “Nfx01”
(in the Deactivation ->1 ”Pe1xx41” ->1 “Pe3xx41” ->1 ->1
Status) *3->2 *5->2
*1->5 *3->5
*2->6 *4->6
*1: The SAM of which protocol type indicated by TA2 in the specific mode is T=0 or that of which single protocol type is T=0 in the negotiable mode.
*2: The SAM of which protocol type indicated by TA2 in the specific mode is T=1.
*3: The SAM of which protocol type indicated by TA2 in the specific mode is T=0 or that of which protocol type fixed T=0 after PTS.
*4: The SAM of which protocol type indicated by TA2 in the specific mode is T=1 or that of which protocol type fixed T=1 after PTS.
*5: In case command parameter is without “designation of PTS Execution automatically”, and the SAM doesn’t comply with the above *1 and *2.

213 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)
(2) PTS Matrix of right After Activation
Commands T=0 Transmission T1 Sending/Receiving PTS
(CMD) Sense Deactivation Warm Reset Continuous Others
“e0” “e2” “e4” Transmission Transmission PTS Request “e1” , “e3”
Transmission
Status of C/R “f0” “f1” “f8”
“f2”
2 Immediately “Pe0xx41” Deactivation Warm Reset + (PTS) T=0 Sending/ Sending/ Continuous PTS Request “Nfx01”
after ->2 “Pe2xx40” ”Pe4xx41” Receiving Receiving Sending /Receiving “Pf8xx50” ->2
Activation ->1 *3->2 “Pxxxx50” *4 “Pxxxx50” *5 “Pf2xx52” *5 T=0->5
*1 T=0->5 ->5 ->6 ->7 T=1->6
*2 T=1->6 Sending/ PTS incompletion->4
Needs to PTS Req->3 Receiving
PTS incompletion->4 “Pf1xx51” *5
->8
3 Needs to “Pe0xx41” Deactivation Warm Reset + (PTS) T0 Sending/ Sending/ Continuous PTS Request “Nfx01”
PTS Request ->3 “Pe2xx40” ”Pe4xx41” Receiving Receiving Sending/Receiving “Pf8xx50” ->3
Command ->1 *3->2 “Pxxxx50” *4 “Pxxxx50” *5 “Pf2xx52” *5 T=0->5
*1 T=0->5 ->5 ->6 ->7 T=1->6
*2 T=1->6 Sending/ PTS incompletion->4
Needs to PTS Req->3 Receiving
PTS incompletion->4 “Pf1xx51” *5
->8
4 PTS “Pe0xx41” Deactivation Warm Reset + (PTS) T0 Sending/ Sending/ Continuous PTS Request “Nfx01”
execution ->4 “Pe2xx40” ”Pe4xx41” Receiving Receiving Sending/Receiving “Pf8xx50” ->4
->1 *3->2 “Pxxxx50” *4 “Pxxxx50” *5 “Pf2xx52” *5 T=0->5
*1 T=0->5 ->5 ->6 ->7 T=1->6
*2 T=1->6 Sending/ PTS incompletion ->4
Needs to PTS Req->3 Receiving
PTS incompletion ->4 “Pf1xx51” *5
->8
*1: The SAM of which protocol type indicated by TA2 in the specific mode is T=0 or that of which protocol type fixed T=0 after PTS.
*2: The SAM of which protocol type indicated by TA2 in the specific mode is T=1 or that of which protocol type fixed T=1 after PTS.
*3: In case command parameter is without “PTS Execution automatically” , and the SAM does not comply with the above *1 and *2.
*4: It is counted as Command Sequence Error in case of the SAM of which protocol type is not first-indicated as T=0 in ATR.
*5: It is counted as Command Sequence Error in case of the SAM of which protocol type is not first-indicated as T=1 in ATR.

214 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)
(3) Matrix of processing with T=0/T=1 SAM
T=0
Commands T=1 Transmission
Transmission
(CMD) Sense Deactivation Warm Reset Others
“e0” “e2” “e4” Continuous Continuous Compulsory “e1” , “e3”
Transmission Transmission
Status of C/R Transmission Receiving Completion
“f0” “f1”
“f2” “f3” “f4”
5 In Protocol processing “Pe0xx50” Deactivation Warm Reset + (PTS) T0 Sending/ “Nfx01”
with T=0 Card ->5 “Pe2xx40” ”Pe4xx41” Receiving ->5
->1 *3 ->2 “Pxxxx50”
*1 T=0->5
*2 T=1->6
Needs to PTS Req->3
PTS incompletion->4
6 Process Idle “Pe0xx50” Deactivation Warm Reset + (PTS) Sending/ Continuous “Nfx01”
with T=1 or “Pe2xx40” ”Pe4xx41” Receiving Sending/ ->6
Card “Pe0xx53” ->1 *3 ->2 “Pxxxx50” ->6 Receiving
->6 *1 T=0->5 Sending/ “Pf2xx52”
*2 T=1->6 Receiving ->7
Needs to PTS Req->3 “Pf1xx51” ->8
PTS incompletion->4
7 During “Pe0xx52” Deactivation Warm Reset + (PTS) Sending/ Continuous Transmission “Nfx01”
Continuous ->7 “Pe2xx40” ”Pe4xx41” Receiving Sending/ Compulsory ->7
Transmission ->1 *3 ->2 “Pxxxx50” ->6 Receiving Completion
*1 T=0->5 Sending/ “Pf2xx52” “Pf4xx53”
*2 T=1->6 Receiving ->7 ->6
Needs to PTS Req->3 “Pf1xx51” ->8
PTS incompletion->4
8 During “Pe0xx51” Deactivation Warm Reset + (PTS) Continuous Transmission “Nfx01”
Continuous ->8 “Pe2xx40” ”Pe4xx41” Receiving Compulsory ->8
Receiving ->1 *3 ->2 “Pf3xx50”->6 Completion
*1 T=0->5 Continuous “Pf4xx53”
*2 T=1->6 Receiving ->6
Needs to PTS Req->3 “Pf3xx51”->8
PTS incompletion->4
*1: The SAM of which protocol type indicated by TA2 in the specific mode is T=0 or that of which protocol type fixed T=0 after PTS.
*2: The SAM of which protocol type indicated by TA2 in the specific mode is T=1 or that of which protocol type fixed T=1 after PTS.
*3: In case command parameter is without “PTS Execution automatically”, and the SAM does not comply with the above *1 and *2.

215 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)
11.4 Matrix of Memory Card
Command(CMD) Press Release Activation Deactivation Press + Activation Deactivation + Release Transmission and Verification
“C0” “C1” “m2” “m3” “m5” “m6” Reception “m8”
Status of C/R “m7”
0 Before Contact Press Press Press + Activation
“PC010” “Pm511”
->1 ->2
1 After Contact Press Release Activation Activation Release
“PC102” “Pm211” “Pm511” “Pm602”
->0 ->2 ->2 ->0
2 After Activation Deactivation Deactivation + Release Data Transmission Verification
“Pm310” “Pm602” and Reception “Pm820”
->1 ->0 “Pm720”

216 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

12. Processing of Power down detection


12.1 Power down processing of C/R
“Processing after power down” means one of the following processing which was designated command parameter of “initial
reset command” (“00”-“07”) in advance by the HOST.
• The C/R holds inside the card.
• The C/R returns the card to the take-out position (insertion mouth).
• The C/R ejects the card to the rear (to the box).

(1) No command receiving


State of C/R at power down detection Processing after power down detection
No card is in C/R No processing.
Before card insertion Insertion denial.
In card insertion Insertion denial.
(Card width sw. ON and S1 OFF)
Insertion permission
In card insertion Insertion denial -> returns the position which is S0 off.
(Card width sw. ON and S1 ON)
Card is in moving Moving completion -> Processing after power down.
Card is in takeout position No processing.
Card is in the C/R Processing after power down.
In Pressing ICC contact Releases IC contact -> Processing after power down.
Deactivates -> Releases IC contact -> Processing after
In ICC activation
power down.

(2) During command processing


State of C/R at power down detection Processing after power down detection
Before card insertion Stops in take.
In card insertion Stops in take.
(Card width sw. ON and S1 OFF)
Under in-take
In card insertion Stops in take -> returns the position, which is S1 off.
(Card width sw. ON and S1 ON)
Card is in moving Completes in-take -> Processing after power down.
In magnetic read Completes read without judging and retrying.
-> Processing after power down.
In magnetic write In carrying before write Completes carrying and writing without verification ->
Processing after power down.
In write Completes write without verification -> Processing after
power down.
In verification Completes verification without judging -> Processing after
power down.
In return Completes return -> no processing
IC card In read Completes read -> deactivates -> Releases the ICC
-> Processing after power down.
In write Completes write -> deactivates -> Releases the ICC
-> Processing after power down.
In DL Stops the down loading of FW.

217 / 218
GB-H-01047 (A0)

12.2 Sending response after Power down detection from C/R

C/R condition when The first response after power down After the second response after
power down detection detection power down detection
For the first command, C/R sends the C/R sends “Waiting initial reset (Nxx19) or
response below; (Nxx71)“ when C/R received a command
- “Power down detection (Nxx18)” exclude “initial reset (“00”-“07”)”.
No command receiving
- “Waiting initial reset (Nxx19)”
- “Initial reset” command waiting after FW
loading completion (Nxx71)”
For the response in processing command,
C/R sends the response below;
-“Power down detection (Nxx18)”
In command processing
-“Waiting initial reset (Nxx19)
-“Initial reset” command waiting after FW
loading completion (Nxx71)”

218 / 218

You might also like